WO2024251288A1 - Medical bed apparatuses, medical systems and medical methods - Google Patents

Medical bed apparatuses, medical systems and medical methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024251288A1
WO2024251288A1 PCT/CN2024/098288 CN2024098288W WO2024251288A1 WO 2024251288 A1 WO2024251288 A1 WO 2024251288A1 CN 2024098288 W CN2024098288 W CN 2024098288W WO 2024251288 A1 WO2024251288 A1 WO 2024251288A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
medical
bed board
medical bed
docking
telescopic rods
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2024/098288
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Xibo HU
Lingling Li
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Shanghai United Imaging Healthcare Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Shanghai United Imaging Healthcare Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202321475969.5U external-priority patent/CN220546282U/en
Priority claimed from CN202321472852.1U external-priority patent/CN220512857U/en
Priority claimed from CN202321475921.4U external-priority patent/CN220512858U/en
Priority claimed from CN202310686216.7A external-priority patent/CN119097330A/en
Application filed by Shanghai United Imaging Healthcare Co Ltd filed Critical Shanghai United Imaging Healthcare Co Ltd
Priority to EP24818814.6A priority Critical patent/EP4709276A1/en
Publication of WO2024251288A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024251288A1/en
Priority to US19/413,041 priority patent/US20260090937A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/10X-ray therapy; Gamma-ray therapy; Particle-irradiation therapy
    • A61N5/1048Monitoring, verifying, controlling systems and methods
    • A61N5/1049Monitoring, verifying, controlling systems and methods for verifying the position of the patient with respect to the radiation beam
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B6/00Apparatus or devices for radiation diagnosis; Apparatus or devices for radiation diagnosis combined with radiation therapy equipment
    • A61B6/04Positioning of patients; Tiltable beds or the like
    • A61B6/0407Supports, e.g. tables or beds, for the body or parts of the body
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B6/00Apparatus or devices for radiation diagnosis; Apparatus or devices for radiation diagnosis combined with radiation therapy equipment
    • A61B6/04Positioning of patients; Tiltable beds or the like
    • A61B6/0487Motor-assisted positioning
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/05Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnosis by means of electric currents or magnetic fields; Measuring using microwaves or radio waves
    • A61B5/055Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnosis by means of electric currents or magnetic fields; Measuring using microwaves or radio waves involving electronic [EMR] or nuclear [NMR] magnetic resonance, e.g. magnetic resonance imaging
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/70Means for positioning the patient in relation to the detecting, measuring or recording means
    • A61B5/704Tables

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of medical devices, particularly to medical bed apparatuses, medical systems, and medical methods using the medical systems.
  • Radiation diagnosis and treatment devices often include a diagnostic and medical space for irradiating patients.
  • a medical bed also referred to as a medical table
  • an axial dimension of the diagnostic and medical space e.g., a circular diagnostic and medical space surrounding the patient
  • transporting them into the diagnostic and medical space may be highly inconvenient.
  • the medical bed apparatus may include a medical bed, a transfer bed, and a conveying device.
  • the medical bed may include a medical bed board and a support device.
  • the support device may be configured to drive the medical bed board to move in multiple degrees of freedom.
  • the conveying device may be detachably docked with at least a portion of the transfer bed, and the conveying device may be configured to transfer a subject between the transfer bed and the medical bed board.
  • the support device may be capable of driving the medical bed board to move along three orthogonal directions.
  • the support device may be capable of driving the medical bed board to move in six degrees of freedom.
  • the support device may be connected to two ends of the medical bed.
  • the support device may include a plurality of telescopic rods.
  • One end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods may be connected to the medical bed board via a first hinge seat, and the other end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods may be connected to a second hinge seat.
  • a portion of the plurality of telescopic rods may be connected to one end of the medical bed board, and another portion of the plurality of telescopic rods may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board.
  • a plurality of first hinge seats may be spaced apart along a first circumference, and a plurality of second hinge seats may be spaced apart along a second circumference.
  • the support device may include at least three telescopic rods. A portion of the at least three telescopic rods may be connected to one end of the medical bed board, and another portion of the at least three telescopic rods may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board.
  • the support device may include six telescopic rods. Two of the six telescopic rods may be connected to one end of the medical bed board, and four of the six telescopic rods may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board.
  • the support device may include six telescopic rods. Three of the six telescopic rods may be connected to one end of the medical bed board, and three of the six telescopic rods may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board.
  • At least two of the plurality of telescopic rods may be distributed on two sides of a central axis of the medical bed board extending along a length direction of the medical bed board.
  • each of the plurality of telescopic rods may be provided with a driving component for driving the telescopic rod to extend and/or retract.
  • At least a portion of the medical bed may be located within a medical space of a medical device.
  • the conveying device may be configured to transport the subject to a position on the medical bed board located within the medical space.
  • the conveying device may be disposed on the medical bed.
  • the conveying device may be detachably docked with the at least a portion of the transfer bed via a docking assembly.
  • the transfer bed may include a movable bed body and a movable bed board detachably mounted on the movable bed body.
  • the at least a portion of the transfer bed may include the movable bed board.
  • the docking assembly may include a first docking member, a second docking member, and a locking mechanism.
  • One of the first docking member and the second docking member may be disposed on the movable bed board.
  • the other of the first docking member and the second docking member may be disposed on the conveying device.
  • the first docking member may be configured to dock with the second docking member, and the locking mechanism is configured to connect and lock the docked first docking member and the second docking member.
  • the docking assembly may include a receiving plate and a gap.
  • the receiving plate may be disposed on the conveying device.
  • the gap may be located between the movable bed body and the movable bed board.
  • the receiving plate may be capable of being inserted into the gap to support the movable bed board.
  • the first docking member may include a docking protrusion
  • the second docking member includes a docking groove.
  • One of an outer wall of the docking protrusion and an inner wall of the docking groove may be provided with a helical groove
  • the other of the outer wall of the docking protrusion and the inner wall of the docking groove may be provided with a protrusion part capable of being inserted into the helical groove.
  • the locking mechanism may include a first driving member, the first driving member being configured to drive the docking protrusion to rotate along an axis of the helical groove, so that the protrusion part moves along the helical groove.
  • the first docking member includes a bolt
  • the second docking member may include a slot
  • the locking mechanism may include a second driving member, the second driving member being configured to drive the bolt to insert into the slot.
  • the first docking member may include a hook
  • the second docking member may include a hook slot
  • the locking mechanism may include a third driving member, the third driving member being configured to drive the hook to hook into the hook slot.
  • the docking assembly may include a detection device, the detection device being configured to detect whether the first docking member and the second docking member are docked in place.
  • the detection device may include a switch and/or a laser sensor.
  • the conveying device may include a conveying member and a driving device.
  • the driving device may be configured to drive the conveying member to move along a length direction of the medical bed board.
  • the conveying member may be drivingly connected to the driving device.
  • the transfer bed may include a lifting base, and/or the movable bed board may be detachably mounted on the lifting base.
  • the lifting base may be provided with one or more universal wheels, and/or the movable bed body may include an automatic navigation device.
  • the medical system may include a medical device and the medical bed apparatus described above, wherein: a medical bed board of a medical bed of the medical bed apparatus may be configured to pass through a medical space of the medical device along an axial direction of the medical space.
  • the medical device may include a radiation therapy device, an imaging device, or a combination thereof
  • the imaging device may include any one of a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) device, a positron emission tomography (PET) device, a positron emission computed tomography (PECT) device, a computed tomography (CT) device, an X-ray imaging device, a single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) device, or an ultrasound device, or a combination thereof.
  • MRI magnetic resonance imaging
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • PECT positron emission computed tomography
  • CT computed tomography
  • SPECT single-photon emission computed tomography
  • ultrasound device or a combination thereof.
  • the medical method may include: transporting a movable bed board through a conveying device of the medical bed apparatus, and placing the movable bed board onto a medical bed board of the medical bed of the medical bed apparatus at a position within the medical space of the medical device; adjusting a position of a subject by driving, using a support device of the medical bed, the medical bed board to move in multiple degrees of freedom; and performing a corresponding medical operation on the subject using the medical device.
  • the medical method may further include: transferring the subject to a preset position using a transfer bed of the medical bed apparatus; and detaching the movable bed board from a movable bed body of the transfer bed.
  • the medical method may further include: adjusting a relative position of the subject and one or more modalities of the medical system by adjusting a position of the movable bed board in the medical space through the conveying device.
  • the support device may include a plurality of telescopic rods coupled to a medical bed board of a medical bed, wherein the support device may be connected to two ends of the medical bed, and the support device may be capable of driving the medical bed board to move in six degrees of freedom.
  • one end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods may be connected to the medical bed board via a first hinge seat, and the other end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods may be connected to a second hinge seat.
  • a portion of the plurality of telescopic rods may be connected to one end of the medical bed board, and another portion of the plurality of telescopic rods may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board.
  • a plurality of first hinge seats may be spaced apart along a first circumference, and a plurality of second hinge seats may be spaced apart along a second circumference.
  • the support device may include at least three telescopic rods, wherein a portion of the at least three telescopic rods may be connected to one end of the medical bed board, and another portion of the at least three telescopic rods may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a medical system according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary medical bed apparatus according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a use of a medical bed apparatus according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram illustrating a use of a medical bed apparatus according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary docking assembly according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is an enlarged schematic diagram of portion M of FIG. 5;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary docking protrusion and a first driving member of a docking assembly according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to yet some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a conveying device in the embodiment of FIG. 10;
  • FIG. 12 is an enlarged schematic diagram of portion D of FIG. 10;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to yet some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to yet some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a medical bed according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a medical bed according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a medical bed according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating a first circumference and a second circumference according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a conveying device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the present disclosure provides a medical bed apparatus, which may be used in various medical systems.
  • the medical bed apparatus may be used in scenarios with long boreholes and requiring multi-degree-of-freedom rotation.
  • Exemplary application scenarios may include a radiotherapy system guided by a multimodal imaging device (e.g., a Positron Emission Tomography-Magnetic Resonance -Radiotherapy (PET-MR-RT) device) .
  • PET-MR-RT Positron Emission Tomography-Magnetic Resonance -Radiotherapy
  • the medical bed apparatus is not limited to the exemplary application scenarios.
  • the medical bed apparatus may be used in multimodal imaging devices (e.g., a Positron Emission Tomography -Computed Tomography (PET-CT) device, a Positron Emission Tomography -Magnetic Resonance -Computed Tomography (PET-MR-CT) device, etc. ) , single-modality imaging-guided radiotherapy systems (e.g., a Magnetic Resonance -Radiotherapy (MR-RT) device, a Positron Emission Tomography -Radiotherapy (PET-RT) device, etc. ) , or the like.
  • the medical bed apparatus may be used independently as needed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a medical system.
  • the medical system may include a medical device 1100 and a medical table 1200.
  • the medical device 1100 may include a medical space 1110 for radiographic diagnosis or treatment of a patient.
  • the medical space 1110 shown in FIG. 1 is a circular medical space 1110 surrounding the patient.
  • the medical table 1200 may be used to transport the patient into the medical space 1110.
  • the space available for setting up the medical table 1200 may be relatively limited.
  • the medical table 1200 may be a cantilevered medical table 1210.
  • the cantilevered medical table 1210 may include a cantilevered base 1211 and a cantilevered bed board 1212.
  • the cantilevered base 1211 may be positioned at one end of an axial direction (e.g., a Y direction in FIG. 1) of the circular medical space 1110, and the cantilevered bed board 1212 may move relative to the cantilevered base 1211 along the axial direction of the circular medical space 1110 to transport the patient into the medical space 1110. Since the cantilevered base 1211 of the cantilevered medical table 1210 is positioned at one end of the axial direction (i.e., the Y direction in FIG.
  • a transport distance of the cantilevered bed board 1212 also needs to be extended, leading to unstable transportation of the cantilevered medical table 1210.
  • the cantilevered bed board 1212 may bend.
  • transferring the patients onto the medical table 1200 may be very inconvenient.
  • the medical bed apparatus may include at least one of a medical bed, a transfer bed, or a conveying device. At least a portion of the medical bed may be located within a medical space of a medical device.
  • the medical bed may be movable in multiple degrees of freedom (e.g., six degrees of freedom) .
  • a subject may be placed on the medical bed for imaging or radiation therapy.
  • the transfer bed may be configured to transfer the subject to a position near the medical bed or the conveying device.
  • the medical bed apparatus may include the medical bed and the conveying device. In some embodiments, the medical bed apparatus may include the medical bed, the transfer bed, and the conveying device.
  • the support device By providing the support device to support two ends of a medical bed board, stability of the medical bed board is maintained even if an axial dimension of the medical space is relatively long. Additionally, the coordination between a medical bed, a transfer bed, and a conveying device facilitates the transfer of the movable bed board, allowing for convenient medical operations even in situations where the medical space is relatively narrow or has a long axial length.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary medical bed apparatus according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the medical bed apparatus 2000 includes a medical bed 2100, a transfer bed 2200, and a conveying device 2300.
  • the medical bed 2100 may be located within the medical space 1110 (as shown in FIGs. 3-4, 13, 14, and 15) of a medical device (e.g., the medical device 1100 of the medical system) .
  • the medical bed 2100 may include a medical bed board 2120 and a support device 2110 supporting two ends of the medical bed board 2120 along a length direction of the medical bed board 2120, wherein the support device 2110 may be configured to drive the medical bed board 2120 to move in multiple degrees of freedom.
  • the support device 2110 may be configured to drive the medical bed board 2120 to move along at least three orthogonal directions.
  • the conveying device 2300 may be configured to transfer a subject (i.e., a patient) between the transfer bed 2200 and the medical bed board 2120. In some embodiments, the conveying device 2300 may be configured to transfer the subject from the transfer bed 2200 to the medical bed 2100 and/or move the bed to different positions of the medical bed 2100. In some embodiments, the conveying device 2300 may be detachably docked with at least a portion of the transfer bed 2200, so as to move the at least a portion of the transfer bed 2200 while transferring the subject disposed therein.
  • the transfer bed 2200 may be any feasible structure for placing the subject, such as a general hospital bed.
  • the transfer bed in the broadest sense may not be a bed structure.
  • it may be a wheelchair structure, and for example, it may be a slab-like structural object.
  • the transfer bed 2200 may be considered part of the conveyor device 2300 or the medical bed board 2120.
  • the transfer bed 2200 may be non-required. when the patient has good mobility, the patient may move to the medical bed board 2120 on his or her own without the use of the transfer bed 2200.
  • the transfer bed 2200 may include a movable bed body 2210 and a movable bed board 2220 detachably mounted on the movable bed body 2210.
  • the conveying device 2300 may be configured to transfer the movable bed board 2220 between the movable bed body 2210 and the medical bed board 2120.
  • the conveying device 2300 may be detachably docked with the movable bed board 2220, and may transport the movable bed board 2220 detached from the movable bed body 2210 to the medical bed board 2120.
  • the conveying device 2300 may transport the movable bed board 2220 to a position on the medical bed board 2120 located within the medical space 1110 of the medical device. More descriptions of the conveying device 2300 may be found in FIGs. 3, 4, and 10 and the relevant descriptions thereof.
  • the medical bed 2100 refers to a bed for supporting a patient during a medical process. At least a portion of the medical bed 2100 may be located within the medical space 1110 of the medical system, enabling the patient on the medical bed 2100 to be diagnosed or treated within the medical space 1110.
  • the medical bed board 2120 refers to a platform used to support the patient, and the support device 2110 may be configured to stably support the medical bed board 2120. In some embodiments, the support device 2110 may be located at two ends of the medical bed board 2120.
  • the support device 2110 may be configured to drive the medical bed board 2120 to move, thereby adjusting a position of the patient for easier radiographic diagnosis and/or treatment operations.
  • the support device 2110 may be configured to drive the medical bed board 2120 to move in multiple degrees of freedom.
  • the support device 2110 may be configured to drive the medical bed board 2120 to move in six degrees of freedom.
  • the support device 2110 may be configured to drive the medical bed board 2120 to translate along one direction and/or rotate around the direction, or the support device 2110 may be configured to drive the medical bed board 2120 to translate along at least two different directions and/or rotate around the at least two different directions to achieve motion of the medical bed board 2120 in multiple degrees of freedom.
  • the support device 2110 may be configured to drive the medical bed board 2120 to translate along three different directions and/or rotate around the three different directions.
  • the support device 2110 may be configured to drive the medical bed board 2120 to move (e.g., translate, rotate) along three orthogonal directions.
  • the support device 2110 may drive the medical bed board 2120 to translate or rotate along an X-axis direction, a Y-axis direction, and a Z-axis direction shown in FIG. 2.
  • the support device 2110 may drive the medical bed board 2120 to translate along one or more directions of the X-axis direction, Y-axis direction, and Z-axis direction and rotate around another one or more directions of the X-axis direction, Y-axis direction, and Z-axis direction.
  • the support device 2110 may drive the medical bed board 2120 to translate along and rotate around the X-axis direction, Y-axis direction, and Z-axis direction shown in FIG. 2. More descriptions for the specific structure of the support device 2110 may be found in FIGs. 16, 17, and 18 and the corresponding descriptions thereof.
  • the support device 2110 may drive the medical bed board 2120 to move in multiple degrees of freedom simultaneously (e.g., move simultaneously in six degrees of freedom) . In some embodiments, the support device 2110 may drive the medical bed board 2120 to move in one or more degrees of freedom first, and then drive the medical bed board 2120 to move in another one or more degrees of freedom to adjust the position of the patient. In other words, the movement of the medical bed board 2120 in multiple degrees of freedom may occur simultaneously or independently in an order among different degrees of freedom.
  • the transfer bed 2200 may be used to transfer patients.
  • the transfer bed 2200 may transfer patients from a ward, an outpatient room, an operating room, etc., to the space where the medical system is located.
  • the movable bed board 2220 being detachably mounted on the movable bed body 2210 may be understood as follows: the movable bed board 2220 may be placed on the movable bed body 2210, but it can be removed from the movable bed body 2210.
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be connected to the movable bed body 2210 in a detachable manner.
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be directly placed on the movable bed body 2210 (the movable bed board 2220 and the movable bed body 2210 do not need to be connected) .
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be removed from the movable bed body 2210 along one or more directions (for example, lifting the movable bed board 2220 upward may make it be removed from the movable bed body 2210) .
  • the conveying device 2300 may be configured to transfer the movable bed board 2220.
  • the conveying device 2300 may be configured to transfer the movable bed board 2220 detached from the movable bed body 2210 to a position on the medical bed board 2120 within the medical space 1110 of the medical system, facilitating patient reception for diagnosis and/or treatment.
  • the position of the movable bed board 2220 within the medical space 1110 may be adjusted by the conveying device 2300 based on a type of diagnostic and/or treatment operation required by the patient, a region on the body of the patient to be diagnosed and/or treated, a physique of the patient, etc.
  • the medical bed apparatus 2000 may transport the patient as follows: the medical bed apparatus 2000 may transfer the patient (from a ward, an outpatient room, an operating room, etc. ) to a position near the conveying device 2300 (e.g., a location where the conveying device 2300 may dock) via the transfer bed 2200.
  • the conveying device 2300 may be docked with the movable bed board 2220 via a docking assembly 2400 (as shown in FIG. 6) .
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be detached from the movable bed body 2210, and subsequently the movable bed board 2220 may be transported to the medical bed 2100.
  • the conveying device 2300 may detach from the movable bed board 2220 first, and after a diagnostic and treatment operation is completed, the conveying device 2300 may re-dock with the movable bed board 2220 and transport the movable bed board 2220 back to the movable bed body 2210. In some embodiments, the conveying device 2300 may remain docked with the movable bed board 2220 throughout the diagnostic and treatment operation and transport the movable bed board 2220 back to the movable bed body 2210 after the diagnostic and treatment operation is completed.
  • the support device 2110 may stably support the medical bed board 2120. Meanwhile, the support device 2110 may also drive the medical bed board 2120 to move, changing the position of the patient for ease of diagnostic and treatment operations.
  • the coordination among the medical bed 2100, the transfer bed 2200, and the conveying device 2300 may enable convenient transfer of the movable bed board 2220, thereby facilitating radiographic diagnosis and treatment of patients even in a narrow medical space 1110 or a medical space 1110 with a long axial length.
  • the conveying device 2300 may be located adjacent to the medical bed 2100, for example, above the medical bed 2100.
  • the conveying device 2300 may include a telescopic conveying rod (not shown in the drawings) that may be positioned above the medical bed 2100 and extend along a length direction of the medical bed 2100.
  • the movable bed board 2220 may dock with one end of the telescopic conveying rod, and by adjusting the extension of the telescopic conveying rods, the movable bed board 2220 may be transported along the length direction of the medical bed 2100 from the movable bed body 2210 to the medical bed 2100.
  • the conveying device 2300 may be positioned on the medical bed 2100.
  • FIGs. 3 and 4 are schematic diagrams illustrating a use of a medical bed apparatus according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the conveying device 2300 is disposed on the medical bed 2100.
  • the conveying device 2300 may include a conveying member 2310 and a driving device 2320 configured to drive the conveying member 2310.
  • FIGs. 3 and 4 illustrate the operation of the medical bed apparatus 2000 in a medical system.
  • the driving device 2320 may be configured to drive the conveying member 2310 to move along a length direction of the medical bed 2100 on the medical bed board 2120.
  • the docking assembly 2400 may be disposed on the conveying member 2310 and the movable bed board 2220.
  • the movable bed body 2210 may drive the movable bed board 2220 to move to one end of the medical bed 2100, the conveying member 2310 may be connected to the movable bed board 2220 via the docking assembly 2400, and the driving device 2320 may drive the conveying member 2310 to drag the movable bed board 2220 along the length direction of the medical bed 2100, positioning the movable bed board 2220 to a location suitable for a diagnostic and treatment operation.
  • a guide structure 2330 (e.g., a guide rail extending along the length direction of the medical bed 2100) may be provided on the medical bed 2100.
  • the conveying member 2310 may move along the guide structure 2330 to ensure stable movement of the conveying member 2310 along the length direction of the medical bed 2100.
  • the medical bed apparatus 2000 may further include a plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices and a speed control device.
  • the plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices may be configured to detect gravity distribution data or pressure distribution data of a plurality of preset points on the medical bed 2100.
  • the plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices may be distributed at multiple preset points on the medical bed 2100.
  • the plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices may be configured to obtain gravity distribution data.
  • the speed control device may be located on the conveying device 2300 and may be configured to adjust a transmission speed of the conveying device 2300 based on the gravity distribution data.
  • the plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices may include a plurality of pressure sensors distributed at different locations.
  • the preset points refer to preselected positions on the medical bed 2100, which may be set according to actual needs. In some embodiments, the preset points may be distributed at two ends and/or two sides of the medical bed 2100 along the length direction of the medical bed 2100. In some embodiments, the count of preset points set at the two ends of the medical bed 2100 may be greater than the count of preset points set at other positions of the medical bed 2100.
  • the gravity distribution data or pressure distribution data refers to data related to the gravity detected by the plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices.
  • the gravity distribution data may include at least one of a gravity magnitude, a gravity distribution position, etc., detected by the plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices.
  • the movable bed board 2220 when the movable bed board 2220 moves on the medical bed 2100, it covers the plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices or a part thereof.
  • the covered distributed gravity sensing devices bear a pressure of the movable bed board 2220, and the pressure borne at the preset points may be detected, which corresponds to the gravity magnitude of the corresponding part of the movable bed board 2220.
  • the distribution positions of the plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices may represent the gravity distribution positions.
  • the plurality of distributed gravity sensing devices may communicate with the speed control device.
  • the speed control device may analyze and process the gravity distribution data, and generate a corresponding control instruction, which may be sent to the conveying device 2300 to adjust the transmission speed of the conveying device 2300.
  • the transmission speed refers to the conveying speed of the conveying member 2310.
  • the speed control device may adjust at least one of a speed, a power, etc.
  • the speed control device may include at least one of a variable speed motor, a transmission chain with an adjustable gear ratio, etc.
  • the transmission chain may include at least one of a gear transmission chain, a belt transmission chain, a chain transmission chain, etc.
  • a variable speed motor is used as the speed control device, it may replace the driving device 2320.
  • a transmission chain with an adjustable gear ratio is used in the speed control device, it may be connected between the driving device 2320 and the conveying member 2310 in a transmission way.
  • the transmission speed may be reduced to prevent instability such as fluctuations during transmission.
  • the gravity magnitude of each preset point in the gravity distribution data may be compared with a preset gravity threshold corresponding to the gravity magnitude. If the gravity magnitude is less than or equal to the preset gravity threshold, it may be determined that the gravity distribution is even. If the gravity magnitude is greater than the preset gravity threshold, it may be determined that the gravity distribution is uneven, and a current transmission speed may be reduced by a preset value. If the gravity distribution remains uneven after the transmission speed is reduced, the transmission speed may be further reduced, until the gravity distribution becomes even.
  • the medical bed by detecting the gravity distribution of the medical bed, it is possible to determine whether the medical bed or the patient is unstable. In the event of instability of the medical bed or the patient, the speed of the movable bed board is reduced, which prevents the patient from falling due to fluctuations.
  • the medical bed apparatus 2000 may further include an auxiliary support device.
  • the auxiliary support device may be configured to provide auxiliary support to the movable bed board 2220 on the medical bed board 2120.
  • the auxiliary support device may be disposed on the medical bed board 2120.
  • the auxiliary support device may move along the length direction (e.g., the Y direction in FIG. 2) of the medical bed board 2120.
  • at least one side surface of the auxiliary support device may abut against a lower surface of the movable bed board 2220.
  • the auxiliary support device may move synchronously with the movable bed board 2220.
  • the auxiliary support device may include various structures.
  • the auxiliary support device may include a groove provided along the length direction (e.g., the Y direction in FIG. 2) of the medical bed board 2120, and a slider slidably provided in the groove, wherein the slider may abut against the movable bed board 2220.
  • the auxiliary support device may include a screw and a screw nut, wherein an axis of the screw may be parallel to the length direction (e.g., the Y direction in FIG. 2) of the medical bed board 2120, and the screw nut may be provided on the screw and may abut against the movable bed board 2220.
  • the medical bed apparatus 2000 may, in response to determining that an instability is greater than a preset value, enable the auxiliary support device and move the auxiliary support device to a first auxiliary support position.
  • the first auxiliary support position may be determined based on the gravity distribution data.
  • the instability may be determined based on the gravity distribution data and the transmission speed of the conveying device 2300.
  • the instability refers to relevant data reflecting a degree of instability of the movable bed board 2220.
  • the degree of instability may be related to a bending moment of the movable bed board 2220. For example, the greater the bending moment borne by the movable bed board 2220 is, the higher the instability of the movable bed board 2220 is.
  • the instability may be determined through a preset table, which includes a preset correspondence relationship between the gravity distribution data, the transmission speed, and the instability.
  • the preset table may be constructed as follows: for the gravity distribution data and actual transmission speed during a patient bed transfer process, a count of instances of discomfort feedback from the patient, a count of medical personnel assisting in the transfer, a count of assisted transfers, a sliding frequency and/or a sliding magnitude of the patient relative to the bed board during the transfer process may be weighted and summed to obtain the instability.
  • the count of instances of discomfort feedback from the patient refers to the count of times during a transfer process of the movable bed board 2220 that the patient provides feedback of feeling uncomfortable, which may be obtained based on manual statistics.
  • the count of medical personnel assisting in the transfer refers to the total count of medical personnel assisting in the transfer of the movable bed board 2220 during a transfer process, which may be obtained based on manual statistics.
  • the count of assisted transfers refers to the count of times the medical personnel participate in assisting in the transfer of the movable bed board 2220 during a transfer process, which may be obtained based on manual statistics.
  • the sliding frequency of the patient relative to the bed board during the transfer process refers to the frequency at which the patient slides relative to the movable bed board 2220 during a transfer process.
  • the sliding frequency of the patient relative to the bed board during the transfer process may be determined based on the gravity distribution data. For example, if a similarity between the gravity distribution data collected at a time point or period (e.g., one minute) before a transfer process and the gravity distribution data collected at a time point or period (e.g., one minute) after the transfer process is less than a preset similarity threshold, it may be determined that the patient has slid.
  • the sliding frequency refers to the count of occurrences of sliding per unit of time.
  • the sliding magnitude of the patient relative to the bed board during the transfer process refers to the distance the patient slides relative to the movable bed board 2220 during a transfer process.
  • the sliding magnitude of the patient relative to the bed board during the transfer process may be determined based on the gravity distribution data. For example, in a transfer process, a distance between a center of gravity corresponding to the gravity distribution data collected at a time point or period (e.g., one minute) before and a center of gravity corresponding to the gravity distribution data collected at a time point or period (e.g., one minute) later may be designated as the sliding magnitude.
  • An average sliding magnitude may be obtained by taking an average of a plurality of sliding magnitudes.
  • the instability may be determined using a preset algorithm (e.g., a weighted algorithm) .
  • instability N W 1 ⁇ D+W 2 ⁇ M ⁇ C+W 3 ⁇ P ⁇ S, wherein W 1 , W 2 , and W 3 denote preset values, N denotes instability, D denotes the count of instances of discomfort feedback from the patient, M denotes the count of medical personnel assisting in the transfer, C denotes the count of assisted transfers, P denotes the sliding frequency of the patient relative to the bed board during the transfer process, and S denotes the average sliding magnitude.
  • the first auxiliary support position refers to the position where the auxiliary support device needs to support the movable bed board 2220.
  • the auxiliary support device moves to the first auxiliary support position and supports the movable bed board 2220, it may improve the stability of the movable bed board 2220.
  • the first auxiliary support position may correspond to the location where the bending moment of the movable bed board 2220 is maximum.
  • the gravity magnitude at various locations may be obtained, and by performing force analysis, a position corresponding to a maximum bending moment may be determined, and the position may be determined as the first auxiliary support position.
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be supported from a bottom to a top at two ends of the movable bed board 2220 while the patient lies on the movable bed board 2220.
  • the maximum bending moment is borne at a middle position of the movable bed board 2220, and the first auxiliary support position may be below the middle position of the movable bed board 2220.
  • the auxiliary support device may support the movable bed board 2220 from below the middle position of the movable bed board 2220.
  • the position on the movable bed board 2220 where the bending moment is maximum may be below the patient's center of gravity, and the position may be determined as the first auxiliary support position.
  • determining instability it is possible to assess whether there is a risk of instability for the patient on the movable bed board and accordingly provide targeted auxiliary support to improve the stability of the movable bed board during transfer, thereby preventing the patient from falling off the movable bed board and ensuring the safety of the patient.
  • the instability may be determined based on the gravity distribution data and the transmission speed of conveying device 2300 through an instability prediction model.
  • the instability prediction model refers to a model configured to determine the instability.
  • the instability prediction model may be a machine learning model, such as a convolutional neural network (CNN) model, etc.
  • CNN convolutional neural network
  • an input of the instability prediction model may include the gravity distribution data and the transmission speed of the conveying device 2300, and an output of the instability prediction model may include the instability. More descriptions of the gravity distribution data, the transmission speed of the conveying device, and the instability may be found in the relevant descriptions above.
  • the instability prediction model may be obtained by training a plurality of first training samples with a first label. This training process may be executed on a remote server.
  • the remote server may input the plurality of first training samples with the first label into an initial instability prediction model, construct a loss function based on the first label and a result of the initial instability prediction model, and iteratively update a parameter of the initial instability prediction model based on the loss function.
  • the loss function of the initial instability prediction model meets a preset condition
  • the preset condition may include the loss function converging or a count of iterations reaching a threshold.
  • the first training sample may include the gravity distribution data and the transmission speed of the conveying device obtained from historical data.
  • the first label in a subsequent patient transfer process, may be obtained by performing a weighted summation on the count of instances of discomfort feedback from the patient, the count of medical personnel assisting in the transfer, the count of assisted transfers, and the sliding frequency and sliding magnitude of the patient relative to the bed board during the transfer process in the historical data. More descriptions of the count of instances of discomfort feedback from the patient, the count of medical personnel assisting in the transfer, the count of assisted transfers, the sliding frequency and sliding magnitude of the patient relative to the bed board during the transfer process, and the weighted summation may be found in the relevant descriptions above.
  • predicting the instability through the instability prediction model can improve the accuracy and efficiency of instability prediction.
  • the transfer bed 2200 may include a lifting base 2211.
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be detachably mounted on the lifting base 2211.
  • the lifting base 2211 may drive the movable bed board 2220 to move up and down (along the Z-axis direction in FIG. 2) to adjust a height of the movable bed board 2220 from a ground, thereby facilitating the transfer of the patient.
  • the lifting base 2211 may be raised and lowered via a driving device 2320.
  • An exemplary driving device 2320 may include a motor (e.g., a linear motor) , a hydraulic cylinder, an air cylinder, etc.
  • the lifting base 2211 may be provided with one or more universal wheels 2212, which may facilitate the movement of the lifting base in multiple directions to facilitate the movement of the transfer bed 2200.
  • the movable bed body 2210 may include an automatic navigation device.
  • the automatic navigation device may be configured to automatically plan a transfer route of the transfer bed 2200 based on a departure and a destination of the transfer bed 2200, and control the movable bed body 2210 to move along the planned transfer route. By providing the automatic navigation device, the process of transferring the patient with the transfer bed 2200 can be made more intelligent.
  • the conveying device 2300 may be detachably docked with the movable bed board 2220 via the docking assembly 2400.
  • the detachable docking between the conveying device 2300 and the movable bed board 2220 may be understood as follows: the conveying device 2300 may transport the movable bed board 2220, but the conveying device 2300 may detach from the movable bed board 2220 after the transmission process ends or after the patient's treatment is completed.
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be connected to the conveying device 2300 in a detachable manner, or the movable bed board 2220 may be directly placed on the conveying device 2300 (the movable bed board 2220 not connected with the conveying device 2300) .
  • the docking assembly 2400 may include a first docking member, a second docking member, and a locking mechanism.
  • One of the first docking member and the second docking member may be disposed on the movable bed board 2220, and the other of the first docking member and the second docking member may be disposed on the conveying device 2300.
  • the locking mechanism may be configured to connect and lock the docked first docking member and the second docking member to stably connect the movable bed board 2220 and the conveying device, thereby facilitating the transmission of the movable bed board 2220 by the conveying device 2300.
  • the docking assembly 2400 may further include a detection device 2470 configured to detect whether the first docking member and the second docking member are docked in place.
  • the locking mechanism may be controlled to lock the conveying device 2300 to the movable bed board 2220, allowing the conveying device 2300 to transport the movable bed board 2220.
  • the detection device 2470 may include a switch. In some embodiments, when the first docking member and the second docking member are docked in place, the switch is triggered and emit a trigger signal. The locking mechanism may begin the locking operation in response to the trigger signal.
  • the detection device 2470 may include a laser sensor.
  • the laser sensor may be configured to detect a relative position and/or a distance between the movable bed board 2220 and the conveying device 2300 (i.e., a relative position and/or a distance between the first docking member and the second docking member) to determine whether the first docking member and the second docking member are docked in place.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary docking assembly according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is an enlarged schematic diagram of portion M of FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary docking protrusion and a first driving member of a docking assembly according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the docking assembly may include a first docking member, a second docking member, and/or a locking mechanism.
  • the first docking member may include a docking protrusion 2410
  • the second docking member may include a docking groove 2420.
  • One of an outer wall of the docking protrusion 2410 and an inner wall of the docking groove 2420 may be provided with a helical groove (not shown in the drawings) . It may be understood that the positions of the docking protrusion 2410 and the docking groove 2420 shown in FIGs. 5 and 6 may be interchanged.
  • the first docking member may include the docking groove 2420
  • the second docking member may include the docking protrusion 2410.
  • a protrusion part 2411 capable of being inserted into the helical groove may be provided on one of the outer wall of the docking protrusion 2410 and the inner wall of the docking groove 2420.
  • the docking protrusion 2410 may be rotatably arranged on the conveying device 2300 or the movable bed board 2220, and the docking protrusion 2410 may be configured to rotate along an axis of the helical groove.
  • the protrusion part 2411 enters one end of the helical groove.
  • the protrusion part 2411 may move along the helical groove so that the docking protrusion 2410 enters the docking groove 2420.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example where the docking protrusion 2410 is rotatably arranged on the conveying device 2300 (the conveying member 2310) , the protrusion part 2411 is disposed on the outer wall of the docking protrusion 2410, and the docking groove 2420 is disposed on the movable bed board 2220, with the helical groove disposed on the inner wall of the docking groove 2420.
  • a count of the protrusion part 2411 and a count of the helical groove may be more than one (e.g., two, three, etc. ) , and a plurality of protrusion parts 2411 and a plurality of helical grooves may be arranged in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the locking mechanism may include a first driving member 2450, which may be configured to drive the docking protrusion 2410 to rotate along the axis of the helical groove, causing the protrusion part 2411 to move along the helical groove.
  • a first driving member 2450 which may be configured to drive the docking protrusion 2410 to rotate along the axis of the helical groove, causing the protrusion part 2411 to move along the helical groove.
  • the first driving member 2450 may include a motor, a hydraulic cylinder, a gasoline engine, or other driving sources to achieve automatic driving of the docking protrusion 2410.
  • the first driving member 2450 may be a manual driving component.
  • the first driving member 2450 may be a rod or a knob connected to the docking protrusion 2410 (shown as a rod in FIG. 7) , and an operator (e.g., a doctor) may manually push the rod or rotate the knob to drive the docking protrusion 2410 to rotate.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the first docking member includes a bolt 2430
  • the second docking member includes a slot 2440
  • the locking mechanism includes a second driving member 2460, which may be configured to drive the bolt 2430 to insert into the slot 2440.
  • the second driving member 2460 may include a motor (e.g., a linear motor) , a hydraulic cylinder, an air cylinder, etc.
  • FIGs. 8 and 9 illustrate an example where the bolt 2430 is disposed on the movable bed board 2220 and the slot 2440 is disposed on the conveying device 2300.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a state before the bolt 2430 and the slot 2440 are docked
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a state after the bolt 2430 and the slot 2440 are docked. It may be understood that the positions of the bolt 2430 and the slot 2440 may be interchanged, i.e., the bolt 2430 may be disposed on the conveying device 2300, and the slot 2440 may be disposed on the movable bed board 2220.
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be provided with a housing, and the bolt 2430 and the second driving member 2460 may be located inside the housing.
  • the housing may protect the bolt 2430 and the second driving member 2460.
  • An opening may be provided on the housing at a position where the bolt 2430 extends out.
  • the docking between the conveying device 2300 and the movable bed board 2220 may be achieved by the cooperation of the bolt 2430 and the slot 2440, making the docking between the conveying device 2300 and the movable bed board 2220 stable and reliable.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to yet some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a conveying device in the embodiments of FIG. 10.
  • FIG. 12 is an enlarged schematic diagram of portion D of FIG. 10.
  • the first docking member of the docking assembly 2400 may include a hook 2491
  • the second docking member may include a hook slot 2492.
  • the locking mechanism includes a third driving member, which may be configured to drive the hook 2491 to hook into or withdraw from the hook slot 2492.
  • the third driving member may be configured to drive the hook along a depth direction of the hook slot 2492, allowing the hook 2491 to hook into or withdraw from the hook slot 2492.
  • the third driving member may drive the hook 2491 to rotate, allowing the hook 2491 to hook into or withdraw from the hook slot 2492.
  • the third driving member may be a motor, a hydraulic cylinder, etc.
  • a locking mechanism 2493 (e.g., a cam) , a fourth driving member configured to drive the locking mechanism 2493 to move (e.g., driving the cam to rotate) , and a triggering mechanism 2494 may be provided on the movable bed board 2220.
  • the fourth driving member may be configured to drive the locking mechanism 2493 to move, allowing the movable bed board 2220 to move in a longitudinal direction of the movable bed board 2220.
  • the triggering mechanism 2494 may be provided on the conveying device 2300, and when the movable bed board 2220 approaches the conveying device 2300, the triggering mechanism 2494 may be triggered.
  • the fourth driving member may drive the locking mechanism 2493 to move (e.g., driving the cam to rotate) , causing the movable bed board 2220 to move a short distance in a direction away from the conveying device 2300, thereby ensuring that the hook 2491 is securely engaged in the hook slot 2492.
  • the locking mechanism 2493 By driving the movable bed board 2220 to move a short distance away from the conveying device 2300, the locking mechanism 2493 eliminates the gap between the hook 2491 and the hook slot 2492, ensuring that the hook 2491 is securely hooked into the hook slot 2492.
  • first docking member, second docking member, and locking mechanism may have different structures.
  • the first docking member may further include a first actuating member
  • the second docking member may further include a second actuating member.
  • the first actuating member and the second actuating member may be configured to connect and disconnect the first docking member and the second docking member.
  • the first actuating member and the second actuating member may be configured to generate an interacting force to connect or disconnect the first docking member and the second docking member.
  • the interacting force may be a magnetic force.
  • At least one of the first actuating member and the second actuating member may generate the magnetic force and/or be magnetically attracted.
  • one of the first actuating member and the second actuating member may be a magnet, and the other of the first actuating member and the second actuating member may be a magnet or a metal that may be magnetically attracted, for example, iron, nickel, or the like.
  • the magnet may include a permanent magnet and/or an electromagnet.
  • the first docking member may include an electromagnet
  • the second docking member may be a magnetic component
  • the locking mechanism may be an electrically connected switch associated with the electromagnet.
  • the electrically connected switch connected to the electromagnet may be turned on, causing the electromagnet to be energized and attract the magnetic component, thereby connecting and locking the movable bed board 2220 and the conveying device 2300.
  • the magnetic force may be further adjusted to change the degree of connection.
  • the docking assembly 2400 disposed on the medical bed 2100 may further include an anti-skid device, which may be configured to prevent the docking assembly 2400 on the medical bed board 2120 from sliding.
  • the anti-skid device may include one or more anti-skid strips or one or more anti-skid platforms disposed on at least one of the first docking member and the second docking member.
  • one of the first docking member and the second docking member may be slidably connected to the anti-skid platform disposed on the other one of the first docking member and the second docking member.
  • an anti-skid pattern may be set on the one or more anti-skid platforms. By providing the anti-skid pattern, the friction between the first docking member and the second docking member can be further increased.
  • connection structure can be simplified.
  • the friction between the first docking member and the second docking member can be increased, thereby improving the connection effectiveness and preventing slippage.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to yet some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a docking assembly according to yet some other embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the docking assembly 2400 may include a receiving plate 2480 disposed on the conveying device 2300 and a gap 2490 located between the movable bed body 2210 and the movable bed board 2220.
  • the receiving plate 2480 may be configured to be inserted into the gap 2490 to support the movable bed board 2220.
  • FIGs. 13, 14, and 15 illustrate an example where the medical bed apparatus 2000 is applied in a radiotherapy system.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a state when the receiving plate 2480 is not inserted into the gap 2490 (the movable bed board 2220 is not docked with the conveying device 2300) .
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a state after the receiving plate 2480 is inserted into the gap 2490 (the movable bed board 2220 is docked with the conveying device 2300) .
  • FIG. 15 illustrates a state after the receiving plate 2480 moves the movable bed board 2220 onto the medical bed 2100.
  • the receiving plate 2480 may lift the movable bed board 2220 upward to detach the movable bed board 2220 from the movable bed body 2210.
  • the lifting base 2211 may descend to detach the movable bed board 2220 from the movable bed body 2210, and the movable bed board 2220 may be supported by the receiving plate 2480.
  • a plurality of support rods may be provided between a bottom of the movable bed board 2220 and the movable bed body 2210, creating a gap 2490 between the movable bed board 2220 and the movable bed body 2210.
  • the receiving plate 2480 may be positioned on one side of the conveyor member 2310 close to the movable bed board 2220. By coordinating the receiving plate 2480 with the gap 2490, the docking between the conveying device 2300 and the movable bed board 2220 is achieved, simplifying the structure of the docking assembly 2400 and making it easier to operate.
  • the support device 2110 may include at least two mechanical arms (not shown in the drawings) , which may be connected to two ends of the medical bed board 2120 of the medical bed 2100, respectively.
  • the at least two mechanical arms may include multiple joints articulated in sequence, providing the medical bed 2100 with multiple degrees of freedom, such as six degrees of freedom.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a medical bed according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a medical bed according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a medical bed according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the support device 2110 may include a plurality of telescopic rods 2111.
  • One end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be connected to the medical bed board 2120 via a first hinge seat 2112.
  • the other end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be connected to a static/fixed platform (e.g., the ground) via a second hinge seat 2113.
  • a portion of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be connected to one end of the medical bed board 2120, and another portion of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board 2120.
  • a plurality of first hinge seats 2112 may be spaced apart along a first circumference
  • a plurality of second hinge seats 2113 may be spaced apart along a second circumference.
  • the support device 2110 may include at least two telescopic rods 2111.
  • two telescopic rods 2111 may be connected to the two ends of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120, which solves the problem of sagging or bending of the cantilever bed board 1212 in the cantilevered medical table 1210 due to the lack of support at one end, thus improving the safety during a medical process (e.g., radiographic imaging) .
  • the medical bed 2100 can achieve multiple degrees of freedom in rotation and/or movement, meeting positioning requirements for patients during medical operations.
  • the support device 2110 may include at least three telescopic rods 2111. A portion of the at least three telescopic rods 2111 may be connected to one end of the medical bed 2120, and another portion of the at least three telescopic rods 2111 may be connected to the other end of the medical bed 2120.
  • the support device 2110 is provided with a plurality of telescopic rods 2111, each of which independently supports the medical bed board 2120, thereby preventing the accumulation of motion errors.
  • the support device 2110 with the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 can also improve the stiffness of the medical bed 2100 and the precision of motion control.
  • a count of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be three, with one telescopic rod 2111 located at one end of the medical bed board 2120 and two telescopic rods 2111 located at the other end of the medical bed board 2120.
  • the at least three telescopic rods 2111 may include a first telescopic rod 2111-1, a second telescopic rod 2111-2, and a third telescopic rod 2111-3.
  • a first end (an end near the medical bed board 2120) of each of the first telescopic rod 2111-1, the second telescopic rod 2111-2, and the third telescopic rod 2111-3 may be hinged to the medical bed board 2120 via a first hinge seat 2112.
  • a second end (an end away from the medical bed board 2120) of each of the first telescopic rod 2111-1, the second telescopic rod 2111-2, and the third telescopic rod 2111-3 may be connected to a second hinge seat 2113.
  • the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be hinged to the static platform through a plurality of second hinge seats 2113.
  • the first telescopic rod 2111-1 and the second telescopic rod 2111-2 may be connected to one end of the medical bed board 2120 along a length direction of the medical bed board 2120 (i.e., a length direction of the medical bed 2100)
  • the third telescopic rod 2111-3 may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates three orthogonal directions, wherein an X direction represents a width direction of the medical bed board 2120 (medical bed 2100) , a Y direction represents a length direction of the medical bed board 2120 (medical bed 2100) , and a Z direction represents a height direction of the medical bed board 2120.
  • the medical bed 2100 may have six degrees of freedom.
  • the medical bed board 2120 may translate along the X, Y, and Z directions, and/or rotate around the X, Y, and Z axes. It should be noted that the movements of the medical bed board 2120 in different degrees of freedom are achieved through the telescopic motion of the plurality of telescopic rods and the coordination between the plurality of first hinge seats 2112 and the plurality of second hinge seats 2113.
  • the count of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be six, and the medical bed 2100 may form a six-axis parallel platform.
  • the support device 2110 may include six telescopic rods 2111: a first telescopic rod 2111-1, a second telescopic rod 2111-2, a third telescopic rod 2111-3, a fourth telescopic rod 2111-4, a fifth telescopic rod 2111-5, and a sixth telescopic rod 2111-6.
  • two of the six telescopic rods 2111 may be connected to one end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120, and the other four telescopic rods 2111 (for example, the first telescopic rod 2111-1, the second telescopic rod 2111-2, the fourth telescopic rod 2111-4, and the fifth telescopic rod 2111-5) may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120.
  • This arrangement provides more stable support for the medical bed board 2120 by the six telescopic rods 2111, enhancing the stability of the medical bed 2100. Additionally, the end of the medical bed 2100 with only two telescopic rods 2111 has more space due to the relatively fewer count of telescopic rods 2111, facilitating the positioning of the transfer bed 2200 (abed used for transferring a patient) near the end with two telescopic rods 2111, thus facilitating the transfer of the patient between the transfer bed 2200 and the medical bed 2100.
  • three of the six telescopic rods 2111 may be connected to one end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120, and the other three telescopic rods 2111 (for example, the third telescopic rod 2111-3, the fifth telescopic rod 2111-5, and the sixth telescopic rod 2111-6) may be connected to the other end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120.
  • This arrangement also enhances the stability of the medical bed 2100.
  • the support device 2110 includes six telescopic rods
  • the count of the plurality of first hinge seats 2112 and the count of the plurality of second hinge seats 2113 are also six, with the first end of each telescopic rod 2111 connected to a corresponding first hinge seat 2112 at the second end of each telescopic rod 2111 connected to a corresponding second hinge seat 2113.
  • the medical bed 2100 may achieve six degrees of freedom.
  • the medical bed board 2120 may translate along the X, Y, and Z directions, and rotate around the X, Y, and Z axes.
  • the count of telescopic rods 2111 may be four, with one of the four telescopic rod 2111 connected to one end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120, and the other three of the four telescopic rods 2111 connected to the other end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120. Similar to the previous description, this configuration allows the medical bed 2100 to have six degrees of freedom.
  • the count of telescopic rods 2111 may be seven, with three of the seven telescopic rods 2111 connected to one end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120, and the other four of the seven telescopic rods 2111 connected to the other end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120. Similar to the previous description, this configuration allows the medical bed board 2100 to have six degrees of freedom.
  • the count of telescopic rods 2111 may be eight, with four of the eight telescopic rods 2111 connected to one end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120, and the other four of the eight telescopic rods 2111 connected to the other end of the medical bed board 2120 along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120. Similar to the previous description, this configuration allows the medical bed board 2100 to have six degrees of freedom.
  • At least two of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be distributed on two sides of a central axis extending along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120.
  • a first telescopic rod 2111-1 and a second telescopic rod 2111-2 may be distributed on the two sides of the central axis P1 extending along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120.
  • a third telescopic rod 2111-3 may be precisely disposed on the central axis P1 or on either side of the central axis P1.
  • a third telescopic rod 2111-3 and a sixth telescopic rod 2111-6 may be distributed on the two sides of the central axis P2 extending along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120; a first telescopic rod 2111-1 and a second telescopic rod 2111- 2 may be distributed on the sides of the central axis P2 extending along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120; a fourth telescopic rod 2111-4 and a fifth telescopic rod 2111-5 may be distributed on the two sides of the central axis P2 extending along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120.
  • a first telescopic rod 2111-1 and a second telescopic rod 2111-2 may be distributed on the two sides of the central axis P3 extending along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120; a fifth telescopic rod 2111-5 and a sixth telescopic rod 2111-6 may be distributed on the two sides of the central axis P3 extending along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120.
  • a third telescopic rod 2111-3 and a fourth telescopic rod 2111-4 may be precisely distributed on the central axis P3 or on either side of the central axis P3.
  • the two telescopic rods 2111 distributed on the two sides of the central axis extending along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120 may be symmetrically or asymmetrically distributed with respect to the central axis.
  • the stability of the telescopic rods in supporting the medical bed board 2120 can be enhanced.
  • the coordination between different telescopic rods enables the medical bed 2100 to move in multiple degrees of freedom, thus facilitating adjustment of a spatial position of the medical bed board 2120 and a position of the patient.
  • each of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be extended or retracted to adjust an overall length of the telescopic rod, and under the cooperation of the plurality of first hinge seats 2112 and the plurality of second hinge seats 2113, the medical bed 2100 may have multiple degrees of freedom (e.g., three degrees of freedom or six degrees of freedom) , thereby facilitating the adjustment of the spatial position of the medical bed board 2120 and the position of the patient.
  • the third telescopic rod 2111-3 in FIG. 16 as an illustrative example, the third telescopic rod 2111-3 may include an inner rod and an outer sleeve, with the outer sleeve fitting over an outer side of the inner rod.
  • One end of the inner rod may be hinged to the medical bed board 2120 through the first hinge seat 2112, and the other end of the inner rod may extend into the outer sleeve, with the outer sleeve connected to the second hinge seat 2113 away from the medical bed board 2120.
  • the outer sleeve may be hinged to the static platform through the second hinge seat 2113.
  • the inner rod may be extended or retracted relative to the outer sleeve, and by controlling a length (also referred to as an extension length) of extension or retraction of the inner rod relative to the outer sleeve, the overall length of the third telescopic rod 2111-3 may be adjusted.
  • the medical bed 2100 may have different degrees of freedom, thus enabling the adjustment of the spatial position of the medical bed board 2120 and the position of the patient, thereby facilitating scanning and detection of the patient.
  • each of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be provided with a driving component (see FIG. 17) for driving the telescopic rod 2111 to extend and/or retract.
  • a count of the driving component 2114 may be one, and one driving component 2114 may be used for driving the telescopic rod 2111 to extend and retract.
  • the count of the driving component 2114 may be two, with one driving component 2114 used for driving the telescopic rod 2111 to extend and the other driving component 2114 used for driving the telescopic rod 2111 to retract.
  • the driving component 2114 may drive the inner rod of the corresponding telescopic rod 2111 to extend relative to the outer sleeve to increase the overall length of the telescopic rod 2111.
  • the driving component 2114 may drive the inner rod of the corresponding telescopic rod 2111 to retract relative to the outer sleeve to decrease the overall length of the telescopic rod 2111.
  • the extension length of the inner rod relative to the outer sleeve of different telescopic rods 2111 may be reasonably set according to actual needs (e.g., a spatial position, a posture, etc., of the patient) , and the extension or retraction of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 driven by the corresponding driving component 2114 can be coordinated.
  • the driving component 2114 may include an electric cylinder, a pneumatic cylinder, a hydraulic cylinder, or the like.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating a first circumference and a second circumference according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • at least three first hinge seats 2112 may be spaced apart along a first circumference A
  • at least three second hinge seats 2113 may be spaced apart along a second circumference B.
  • each hinge seat may include a hinge point.
  • the three first hinge points at which the three first hinge seats 2112 are respectively located may form the first circumference A
  • the three second hinge points at which the three second hinge seats 2113 are respectively located may form the second circumference B.
  • the three first hinge seats 2112 are spaced apart along the first circumference A, and the three second hinge seats 2113 are spaced apart along the second circumference B.
  • the count of the plurality of telescopic rods is six, six first hinge seats 2112 are spaced apart along the first circumference A, and six second hinge seats 2113 are spaced apart along the second circumference B.
  • the first end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be hinged to the medical bed board 2120 through the first hinge seat 2112 corresponding to the telescopic rod.
  • the first hinge seat 2112 corresponding to the telescopic rod may move with the inner rod of the telescopic rod, causing a change in the position of the first hinge seat 2112, and thus a change in the hinge point corresponding to the first hinge seat 2112. Therefore, the first circumference A may also be referred to as a dynamic circumference.
  • the second end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods may be hinged to the static platform through the corresponding second hinge seat 2113, and a position of the second hinge seat 2113 is fixed. Therefore, the second circumference B may also be referred to as a static circumference.
  • a movement of the medical bed board 2120 of the medical bed 2100 in multiple degrees of freedom within an aperture 105 of a scanning device e.g., a movement along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120 or in a direction perpendicular to the length direction of the medical bed board 2120
  • a scanning device e.g., a movement along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120 or in a direction perpendicular to the length direction of the medical bed board 2120
  • the present disclosure does not specifically limit a size relationship between the diameter of the first circumference A and the diameter of the second circumference B.
  • the first hinge seat 2112 may include a Hooke joint or a ball joint
  • the second hinge seat 2113 may include a Hooke joint.
  • a type of the first hinge seat 2112 and a type of the second hinge seat 2113 may be the same.
  • both the first hinge seat 2112 and the second hinge seat 2113 may be Hooke joints.
  • the type of the first hinge seat 2112 and the second hinge seat 2113 may be different.
  • the first hinge seat 2112 may be a ball joint
  • the second hinge seat 2113 may be a Hooke joint.
  • the medical bed board 2120 can move in multiple degrees of freedom, and the stability of the medical bed 2100 can be maintained even after the medical bed board 2120 moves in different degrees of freedom (i.e., a stable state of the medical bed 2100 remains unchanged after movement of the medical bed board 2120) .
  • one end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be hinged to the medical bed board 2120 through a Hooke joint or a ball joint, and the other end of each of the plurality of telescopic rods 2111 may be hinged to the static platform through a Hooke joint.
  • the medical bed 2100 may have different degrees of freedom. For example, if the count of the plurality of telescopic rods is six, the medical bed 2100 may have six degrees of freedom. As another example, if the count of the plurality of telescopic rods is three, the medical bed 2100 may have three degrees of freedom.
  • the parallel structure multi-degree-of-freedom medical bed 2100 compared to a serial structure multi-degree-of-freedom platform, the parallel structure multi-degree-of-freedom medical bed 2100 provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure has greater stiffness, load-bearing capacity, and higher motion control accuracy by adjusting the count of the plurality of telescopic rods, the types of the plurality of first hinge seat 2112 and the plurality of second hinge seat 2113, and the positional distributions of the plurality of first hinge seats 2112 and the plurality of second hinge seats 2113 . Additionally, if the serial structure multi-degree-of-freedom platform has more degrees of freedom, a weight of the serial structure is increased, resulting in greater inertia of the platform. In contrast, the parallel structure multi-degree-of-freedom medical bed 2100 has the advantage of achieving smaller inertia.
  • the medical bed 2100 may further include a plurality of telescopic guardrails, which may be located around a perimeter of the medical bed board 2120.
  • Telescopic guardrails refer to guardrails with telescopic functionality.
  • the plurality of telescopic guardrails may extend along a direction perpendicular to an upper surface of the medical bed board 2120 (e.g., the Z-direction in FIG. 2) .
  • the plurality of telescopic guardrails may extend upward along a direction perpendicular to the upper surface of the medical bed board 2120 (e.g., the Z-direction in FIG. 2) until they surpass the upper surface of the movable bed board 2220.
  • a flexible component may be provided on a side of the plurality of telescopic guardrails close to the patient.
  • the flexible component refers to a structure made of a flexible material, for example, rubber, cotton, sponge, air cushions, etc.
  • the flexible component may act as a buffer when the patient collides with the plurality of telescopic guardrails, thereby improving patient comfort.
  • the plurality of telescopic guardrails may be configured to: in response to receiving a guardrail activation instruction, activate the corresponding telescopic guardrail.
  • the plurality of telescopic guardrails may be connected to a control device of the medical bed apparatus 2000 via a signal.
  • the control device of the medical bed apparatus 2000 may generate the guardrail activation instruction and send the guardrail activation instruction to the plurality of telescopic guardrails, causing at least one of the plurality of telescopic guardrails to execute at least one action of extending upward, retracting downward, etc.
  • the guardrail activation instruction may be determined based on patient characteristics, an enabled degree of freedom, and the medical space 1110.
  • the patient characteristics refer to characteristics related to the patient.
  • the patient characteristics may include at least one of a height, a weight, an age, etc. of the patient.
  • the patient characteristics may be manually obtained and input into the control device of the medical bed apparatus 2000.
  • the enabled degree of freedom refers to a direction in which the medical bed board 2120 needs to move and/or rotate.
  • the medical bed board 2120 may move along a length direction (e.g., the Y-direction in FIG. 2) .
  • the medical bed board 2120 may rotate around a vertical axis (e.g., the Z-direction in FIG. 2) .
  • the control device of the medical bed apparatus 2000 may determine the enabled degree of freedom by monitor the movement of the medical bed board 2120 through a displacement sensor, etc.
  • the medical space refers to the aperture of the medical space 1110.
  • the control device of the medical bed apparatus 2000 may obtain the medical space in various ways. For example, the control device may obtain the medical space based on at least one of a manufacturer, historical data, manual input, etc.
  • the guardrail activation instruction may include the telescopic guardrail (s) to be activated, a height of extension or retraction, and a speed of extension or retraction.
  • the control device of the medical bed apparatus 2000 may determine the telescopic guardrail (s) to be activated based on the enabled degree of freedom and determine the height of extension or retraction of the telescopic guardrail (s) based on the patient characteristic, and the speed of extension or retraction may be preset.
  • the telescopic guardrail to be activated may be the telescopic guardrail on a side of a rotation direction (e.g., closer to the outer side of the paper in FIG. 16) .
  • a correspondence table between the patient characteristics and the height of extension or retraction may be constructed. For example, by statistically analyzing average dimensional information of patients in patient characteristics (e.g., an average body dimension of 12-year-olds weighing 30kg and 140cm tall) , the required height of extension or retraction may be manually determined and recorded in a table to form the correspondence table. It may be understandable that since the aperture of the medical space 1110 is fixed, the height of extension or retraction may be limited by the aperture of the medical space 1110, i.e., the height of extension or retraction of the telescopic guardrails may not exceed a set height threshold.
  • the height of extension or retraction may be determined as valid. If the height of extension or retraction exceeds the aperture of the medical space 1110, then the height of extension or retraction may be determined as invalid, and in this case, the actual the height of extension or retraction of the telescopic guardrails may be the height threshold.
  • automated control of the plurality of telescopic guardrails can be achieved when the medical bed board moves and/or rotates, thus protecting the patient and preventing the patient from falling off the movable bed board.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary structure of a conveying device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the conveying device 2300 includes a conveying member 2310 and a driving device 2320.
  • the driving device 2320 may be configured to drive the conveying member 2310 to move along a length direction of the medical bed board 2120.
  • the conveying member 2310 may be configured to drag the movable bed board 2220, directly pulling the movable bed board 2220 and a patient on the movable bed board 2220 onto the medical bed board 2120.
  • the conveying member 2310 may be a trailer.
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be part of a transfer bed (e.g., the transfer bed 2200) , and the movable bed board 2220 may be detachably provided on a movable bed body (e.g., the movable bed body 2210) .
  • the movable bed body may drive the movable bed board 2220 and the patient on the movable bed board 2220 to a position around the medical bed 2100 (e.g., to an end of two telescopic rods of a transfer bed with six telescopic rods) .
  • the movable bed body may dock with the conveying member 2310 and detach from the movable bed body under the drag of the conveying member 2310 (e.g., the trailer) .
  • the conveying member 2310 may drive the movable bed board 2220 to move onto the medical bed board 2120.
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be carried by medical staff to a position around the medical bed 2100 and docked with the conveying member 2310 (e.g., the trailer) .
  • the arrangement of the conveying member 2310 and the driving device 2320 can transport the patient over a longer distance.
  • the conveying member 2310 and the driving device 2320 may be connected in a transmission way through a transmission assembly.
  • the transmission assembly may include a belt transmission assembly or a chain transmission assembly.
  • the transmission assembly may include a gear rack transmission assembly or a worm gear transmission assembly.
  • the medical system may include a medical device 1100 and a medical bed apparatus 2000, wherein the medical device 1100 may include a medical space 1110.
  • the medical space 1110 may be a circular space around the patient.
  • An axial direction of the medical space 1110 is the Y direction in the drawings.
  • At least a portion of the medical bed 2100 of the medical bed apparatus 2000 may be located within the medical space 1110.
  • the medical bed 2100 of the medical bed apparatus 2000 passes through the medical space 1110 along the axial direction of the medical space 1110.
  • the medical system may include an imaging device and the medical device 1100, and an isocenter of the imaging device may coincide with an isocenter of the medical device 1100.
  • the medical device 1100 may cooperate with the imaging device, allowing the medical system to have both radiographic imaging and radiation therapy functions, with radiation therapy being conducted under the guidance of radiographic imaging.
  • the isocenters of the imaging device and the medical device 1100 refer to points around which an accelerator rotates during radiographic imaging and treatment processes. By configuring the isocenter of the imaging device to coincide with the isocenter of the medical device 1100, the accuracy of image guidance during radiation therapy can be ensured.
  • the medical system may include a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) device, a positron emission tomography (PET) device, a positron emission computed tomography (PECT) device, a computed tomography (CT) device, an X-ray imaging device, a single-photon emission computed tomography (SPET) device, an ultrasound device, or the like.
  • the medical system may include a radiation therapy (RT) device.
  • the medical system may include one of the above imaging device and treatment device or a combination thereof.
  • the axial length of the medical space 1110 may be relatively long (which may be considered as the accumulation of the axial length of the medical space 1110 corresponding to each medical device 1100) .
  • the patient can be more stably supported.
  • the medical bed 2100 described in FIGs. 16, 17, and 18 is used, the patient can be more stably supported and safely translated and rotated during movements, especially when the axial length of the medical space 2100 is relatively long.
  • the conveying device 2300 may transport the movable bed board 2220 into at least a portion of the medical space 1110 in which the medical bed 2100 is located.
  • the medical space 1110 may be a circular space around the patient.
  • a portion of the support device 2110 of the medical bed apparatus 2000 may be located at one end of an axial direction of the medical space 1110, and another portion of the support device 2110 may be located at the other end along the axial direction of the medical space 1110.
  • a portion of the at least three telescopic rods of the support device 2110 may be located at one end of the axial direction of the circular medical space, and another portion of the at least three telescopic rods may be located at the other end of the axial direction of the medical space 1110.
  • at least a portion of the medical bed board 2120 of the medical bed 2100 is located within the medical space 1110, and the length direction of the medical bed board 2120 is parallel to the axial direction of the medical space 1110.
  • the medical bed 2100 may transport the patient into the circular medical space, and when the medical device 1100 performs scanning diagnosis on the patient, the plurality of telescopic rods of the medical bed 2100 may be controlled to extend or retract according to diagnostic and treatment requirements so as to adjust a position of the medical bed board 2120 in the medical space 1110 and a posture of the patient, thereby facilitating scanning diagnosis of the patient.
  • the axial length of the medical space 1110 of the medical device 1100 is relatively long, a conveying distance along the length direction of the medical bed board 2120 is relatively long accordingly.
  • the medical bed 2100 By applying the medical bed 2100 to the medical system, with at least three telescopic rods supporting the medical bed board at two ends of the medical bed board along its length direction, problems such as sagging or bending of a cantilever bed board in a cantilever-type medical bed due to lack of support at one end can be avoided, thus improving safety during a scanning detection process. Additionally, leveraging the advantages of the medical bed 2100, which has multiple degrees of freedom, higher motion control precision, and lower inertia, can meet requirements on the spatial position and posture of the patient during the scanning detection process.
  • Some embodiments of the present disclosure further provide a medical method, which uses the medical system described in any of the above embodiments for medical operations.
  • the medical method may include one or more of the following operations:
  • the movable bed board 2220 may be transported, using the conveying device 2300 of the medical bed apparatus 2000, to a position on the medical bed board 2120 of the medical bed apparatus 2000's medical bed 2100 located within the medical space 1110 of the medical device 1100.
  • the medical bed board 2120 of the medical bed 2100 may be driven by the support device 2110 of the medical bed 2100 to move in multiple degrees of freedom to adjust a position of a subject (i.e., a patient) .
  • a corresponding medical operation may be performed on the subject using the medical device 1100.
  • the subject before the conveying device 2300 transports the movable bed board 2220, the subject may be transferred to a predetermined position using the transfer bed 2200 of the medical bed apparatus 2000 and the movable bed board 2220 may be detached from the movable bed body 2210 of the transfer bed 2200.
  • the subject may be transported to the predetermined position through other manners, for example, via a wheelchair or a regular hospital bed.
  • the position of the movable bed board 2220 within the medical space 1110 may be further adjusted by the conveying device 2300 to modify a relative position between the subject and one or more modalities of the medical system.
  • the conveying device 2300 may adjust the subject to correspond to an imaging modality by adjusting the movable bed board 2220 in order to image the subject.
  • the conveying device 2300 may adjust the subject to correspond to a radiation therapy modality by adjusting the movable bed board 2220 in order to administer radiation therapy to the subject.
  • the predetermined position may be understood as the position where a conveying mechanism (e.g., the conveying device 2300) transports the movable bed board 2220 detached from the movable bed body 2210.
  • the predetermined position may be a position where the conveying device 2300 docks with the movable bed board 2220 through the docking assembly 2400.
  • the operation of detaching the movable bed body 2210 from the movable bed board 2220 may be performed after the transfer bed 2200 has moved to the predetermined position, thereby ensuring stable connection between the movable bed body 2210 and the movable bed board 2220 during the transfer process. In some embodiments, the operation of detaching the movable bed body 2210 from the movable bed board 2220 may be performed before the transfer bed 2200 moves to the predetermined position.
  • an isocenter of the medical device 1100 may be positioned within a region of interest (e.g., a lesion site, a suspected lesion site, etc. ) on the patient. More descriptions of other relevant aspects of the method described above may be found in the relevant descriptions of the medical bed apparatus 2000 and the medical system above, which will not be repeated here.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • High Energy & Nuclear Physics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Accommodation For Nursing Or Treatment Tables (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiment of the present disclosure provide a medical bed apparatus, a medical system, and a medical method using the medical system. The medical bed apparatus may include a medical bed, a transfer bed, and a conveying device. The medical bed may include a medical bed board and a support device. The support device may be configured to drive the medical bed board to move in multiple degrees of freedom. The conveying device may be detachably docked with at least a portion of the transfer bed, and the conveying device may be configured to transfer a subject between the transfer bed and the medical bed board.

Description

MEDICALĀ BEDĀ APPARATUSES,Ā MEDICALĀ SYSTEMSĀ ANDĀ MEDICALĀ METHODS
CROSS-REFERENCEĀ TOĀ RELATEDĀ APPLICATIONS
ThisĀ applicationĀ claimsĀ priorityĀ toĀ ChineseĀ ApplicationĀ No.Ā 202310686216.7Ā filedĀ onĀ JuneĀ 9,Ā 2023,Ā ChineseĀ ApplicationĀ No.Ā 202321475921.4Ā filedĀ onĀ JuneĀ 9,Ā 2023,Ā ChineseĀ ApplicationĀ No.Ā 202321472852.1Ā filedĀ onĀ JuneĀ 9,Ā 2023,Ā andĀ ChineseĀ ApplicationĀ No.Ā 202321475969.5Ā filedĀ onĀ JuneĀ 9,Ā 2023,Ā theĀ contentsĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ whichĀ areĀ herebyĀ incorporatedĀ byĀ reference.
TECHNICALĀ FIELD
TheĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ relatesĀ toĀ theĀ fieldĀ ofĀ medicalĀ devices,Ā particularlyĀ toĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatuses,Ā medicalĀ systems,Ā andĀ medicalĀ methodsĀ usingĀ theĀ medicalĀ systems.
BACKGROUND
RadiationĀ diagnosisĀ andĀ treatmentĀ devicesĀ oftenĀ includeĀ aĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ forĀ irradiatingĀ patients.Ā AĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (alsoĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ medicalĀ table)Ā mayĀ transportĀ aĀ patientĀ intoĀ theĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ toĀ enableĀ diagnosisĀ orĀ treatmentĀ ofĀ anĀ examinationĀ areaĀ ofĀ theĀ patient.Ā However,Ā ifĀ anĀ axialĀ dimensionĀ ofĀ theĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ circularĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ surroundingĀ theĀ patient)Ā isĀ relativelyĀ long,Ā itĀ mayĀ resultĀ inĀ anĀ increasedĀ distanceĀ forĀ transportingĀ theĀ patientĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bed,Ā makingĀ itĀ difficultĀ toĀ stablyĀ transportĀ theĀ patientĀ usingĀ existingĀ medicalĀ beds.Ā Additionally,Ā forĀ patientsĀ withĀ limitedĀ mobility,Ā transportingĀ themĀ intoĀ theĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ mayĀ beĀ highlyĀ inconvenient.
Therefore,Ā efficientlyĀ andĀ stablyĀ transportingĀ patientsĀ intoĀ theĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ isĀ aĀ pressingĀ technicalĀ issueĀ inĀ thisĀ field.
SUMMARY
OneĀ orĀ moreĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ provideĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatus.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ medicalĀ bed,Ā aĀ transferĀ bed,Ā andĀ aĀ conveyingĀ device.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ andĀ aĀ supportĀ device.Ā TheĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ toĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ detachablyĀ dockedĀ withĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bed,Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ transferĀ aĀ subjectĀ betweenĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ andĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ capableĀ ofĀ drivingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ toĀ moveĀ alongĀ threeĀ orthogonalĀ directions.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ capableĀ ofĀ drivingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ toĀ moveĀ inĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bed.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rods.Ā OneĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ viaĀ aĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seat,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ aĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seat.Ā AĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ mayĀ beĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ firstĀ circumference,Ā andĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ mayĀ beĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ secondĀ circumference.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rods.Ā AĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rods.Ā TwoĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board,Ā andĀ fourĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rods.Ā ThreeĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board,Ā andĀ threeĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā atĀ leastĀ twoĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ onĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ aĀ centralĀ axisĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ extendingĀ alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ drivingĀ componentĀ forĀ drivingĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ toĀ extendĀ and/orĀ retract.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ withinĀ aĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ device.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ transportĀ theĀ subjectĀ toĀ aĀ positionĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ locatedĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ space.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bed.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ detachablyĀ dockedĀ withĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ viaĀ aĀ dockingĀ assembly.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ transferĀ bedĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ andĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ detachablyĀ mountedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ body.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ board.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ firstĀ dockingĀ member,Ā aĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member,Ā andĀ aĀ lockingĀ mechanism.Ā OneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ board.Ā TheĀ otherĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ device.Ā TheĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ dockĀ withĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member,Ā andĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ isĀ configuredĀ toĀ connectĀ andĀ lockĀ theĀ dockedĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ receivingĀ plateĀ andĀ aĀ gap.Ā TheĀ receivingĀ plateĀ mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ device.Ā TheĀ gapĀ mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ betweenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ board.Ā TheĀ receivingĀ plateĀ mayĀ beĀ capableĀ ofĀ beingĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ gapĀ toĀ supportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ board.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ dockingĀ protrusion,Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ dockingĀ groove.Ā OneĀ ofĀ anĀ outerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ andĀ anĀ innerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ mayĀ beĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ helicalĀ groove,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ ofĀ theĀ outerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ andĀ theĀ innerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ mayĀ beĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ protrusionĀ partĀ capableĀ ofĀ beingĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove.Ā TheĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ firstĀ drivingĀ member,Ā theĀ firstĀ drivingĀ memberĀ beingĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ toĀ rotateĀ alongĀ anĀ axisĀ ofĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove,Ā soĀ thatĀ theĀ protrusionĀ partĀ movesĀ alongĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ bolt,Ā theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ slot,Ā andĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ secondĀ drivingĀ member,Ā theĀ secondĀ drivingĀ memberĀ  beingĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ boltĀ toĀ insertĀ intoĀ theĀ slot.Ā TheĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ hook,Ā theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ hookĀ slot,Ā andĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ thirdĀ drivingĀ member,Ā theĀ thirdĀ drivingĀ memberĀ beingĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ hookĀ toĀ hookĀ intoĀ theĀ hookĀ slot.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ detectionĀ device,Ā theĀ detectionĀ deviceĀ beingĀ configuredĀ toĀ detectĀ whetherĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ areĀ dockedĀ inĀ place.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ detectionĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ switchĀ and/orĀ aĀ laserĀ sensor.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ andĀ aĀ drivingĀ device.Ā TheĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ toĀ moveĀ alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ drivinglyĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ drivingĀ device.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ transferĀ bedĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ liftingĀ base,Ā and/orĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ mayĀ beĀ detachablyĀ mountedĀ onĀ theĀ liftingĀ base.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ mayĀ beĀ providedĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ universalĀ wheels,Ā and/orĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ mayĀ includeĀ anĀ automaticĀ navigationĀ device.
OneĀ orĀ moreĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ provideĀ aĀ medicalĀ system.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ systemĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ andĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ describedĀ above,Ā wherein:Ā aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ passĀ throughĀ aĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ alongĀ anĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ space.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ radiationĀ therapyĀ device,Ā anĀ imagingĀ device,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof,Ā theĀ imagingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ magneticĀ resonanceĀ imagingĀ (MRI)Ā device,Ā aĀ positronĀ emissionĀ tomographyĀ (PET)Ā device,Ā aĀ positronĀ emissionĀ computedĀ tomographyĀ (PECT)Ā device,Ā aĀ computedĀ tomographyĀ (CT)Ā device,Ā anĀ X-rayĀ imagingĀ device,Ā aĀ single-photonĀ emissionĀ computedĀ tomographyĀ (SPECT)Ā device,Ā orĀ anĀ ultrasoundĀ device,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
OneĀ orĀ moreĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ provideĀ aĀ medicalĀ methodĀ usingĀ theĀ medicalĀ system.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ methodĀ mayĀ include:Ā transportingĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ throughĀ aĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatus,Ā andĀ placingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ ontoĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ atĀ aĀ positionĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ device;Ā adjustingĀ aĀ positionĀ ofĀ aĀ subjectĀ byĀ driving,Ā usingĀ aĀ supportĀ deviceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bed,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ toĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom;Ā andĀ performingĀ aĀ correspondingĀ medicalĀ operationĀ onĀ theĀ subjectĀ usingĀ theĀ medicalĀ device.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ methodĀ mayĀ furtherĀ include:Ā transferringĀ theĀ subjectĀ toĀ aĀ presetĀ positionĀ usingĀ aĀ transferĀ bedĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatus;Ā andĀ detachingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ fromĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bed.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ methodĀ mayĀ furtherĀ include:Ā adjustingĀ aĀ relativeĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ subjectĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ modalitiesĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ byĀ adjustingĀ aĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ inĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ throughĀ theĀ conveyingĀ device.
OneĀ orĀ moreĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ provideĀ aĀ supportĀ device.Ā TheĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ coupledĀ toĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bed,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bed,Ā andĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ capableĀ ofĀ drivingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ toĀ moveĀ inĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā oneĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ viaĀ aĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seat,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ aĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seat.Ā AĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board.Ā AĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ mayĀ beĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ firstĀ circumference,Ā andĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ mayĀ beĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ secondĀ circumference.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rods,Ā whereinĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board.
BRIEFĀ DESCRIPTIONĀ OFĀ THEĀ DRAWINGS
TheĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ isĀ furtherĀ describedĀ inĀ termsĀ ofĀ exemplaryĀ embodiments.Ā TheseĀ exemplaryĀ embodimentsĀ areĀ describedĀ inĀ detailĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ theĀ drawings.Ā TheĀ drawingsĀ areĀ notĀ toĀ scale.Ā TheseĀ embodimentsĀ areĀ non-limitingĀ exemplaryĀ embodiments,Ā inĀ whichĀ likeĀ referenceĀ numeralsĀ representĀ similarĀ structuresĀ throughoutĀ theĀ severalĀ viewsĀ ofĀ theĀ drawings,Ā andĀ wherein:
FIG.Ā 1Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ systemĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 2Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 3Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ aĀ useĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 4Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ aĀ useĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 5Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 6Ā isĀ anĀ enlargedĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ ofĀ portionĀ MĀ ofĀ FIG.Ā 5;
FIG.Ā 7Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ andĀ aĀ firstĀ drivingĀ memberĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 8Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 9Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 10Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ yetĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 11Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ inĀ theĀ embodimentĀ ofĀ FIG.Ā 10;
FIG.Ā 12Ā isĀ anĀ enlargedĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ ofĀ portionĀ DĀ ofĀ FIG.Ā 10;
FIG.Ā 13Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 14Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ yetĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 15Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ yetĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 16Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 17Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 18Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;
FIG.Ā 19Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ aĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ andĀ aĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure;Ā and
FIG.Ā 20Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
DETAILEDĀ DESCRIPTION
InĀ orderĀ toĀ moreĀ clearlyĀ illustrateĀ theĀ technicalĀ solutionsĀ ofĀ theĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure,Ā theĀ accompanyingĀ drawingsĀ toĀ beĀ usedĀ inĀ theĀ descriptionĀ ofĀ theĀ embodimentsĀ willĀ beĀ brieflyĀ describedĀ below.Ā Obviously,Ā theĀ accompanyingĀ drawingsĀ inĀ theĀ followingĀ descriptionsĀ areĀ onlyĀ someĀ examplesĀ orĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure,Ā andĀ thatĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ mayĀ beĀ appliedĀ toĀ otherĀ similarĀ scenariosĀ inĀ accordanceĀ withĀ theseĀ drawingsĀ withoutĀ creativeĀ laborĀ forĀ thoseĀ ofĀ ordinaryĀ skillĀ inĀ theĀ art.Ā UnlessĀ obviouslyĀ acquiredĀ fromĀ theĀ contextĀ orĀ theĀ contextĀ illustratesĀ otherwise,Ā theĀ sameĀ numeralĀ inĀ theĀ drawingsĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ sameĀ structureĀ orĀ operation.
AsĀ indicatedĀ inĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ andĀ inĀ theĀ claims,Ā theĀ singularĀ formsĀ ā€œa,Ā ā€Ā ā€œan,Ā ā€Ā andĀ ā€œtheā€Ā mayĀ beĀ intendedĀ toĀ includeĀ theĀ pluralĀ formsĀ asĀ well,Ā unlessĀ theĀ contextĀ clearlyĀ indicatesĀ otherwise.Ā InĀ general,Ā theĀ termsĀ ā€œcomprise,Ā ā€Ā ā€œcomprises,Ā ā€Ā and/orĀ ā€œcomprising,Ā ā€Ā ā€œinclude,Ā ā€Ā ā€œincludes,Ā ā€Ā and/orĀ ā€œincluding,Ā ā€Ā whenĀ usedĀ inĀ thisĀ disclosure,Ā specifyĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ statedĀ features,Ā integers,Ā steps,Ā operations,Ā elements,Ā and/orĀ components,Ā butĀ doĀ notĀ precludeĀ theĀ presenceĀ orĀ additionĀ ofĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ otherĀ features,Ā integers,Ā steps,Ā operations,Ā elements,Ā components,Ā and/orĀ groupsĀ thereof.
TheĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ providesĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatus,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ inĀ variousĀ medicalĀ systems.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ inĀ scenariosĀ withĀ longĀ boreholesĀ andĀ requiringĀ multi-degree-of-freedomĀ rotation.Ā ExemplaryĀ applicationĀ scenariosĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ radiotherapyĀ systemĀ guidedĀ byĀ aĀ multimodalĀ imagingĀ deviceĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ PositronĀ EmissionĀ Tomography-MagneticĀ ResonanceĀ -RadiotherapyĀ (PET-MR-RT)Ā device)Ā .Ā However,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ isĀ notĀ limitedĀ toĀ theĀ exemplaryĀ applicationĀ scenarios.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ inĀ multimodalĀ imagingĀ devicesĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ PositronĀ EmissionĀ TomographyĀ -ComputedĀ TomographyĀ (PET-CT)Ā device,Ā aĀ PositronĀ EmissionĀ TomographyĀ -MagneticĀ ResonanceĀ -ComputedĀ TomographyĀ (PET-MR-CT)Ā device,Ā etc.Ā )Ā ,Ā single-modalityĀ imaging-guidedĀ radiotherapyĀ systemsĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ MagneticĀ ResonanceĀ -RadiotherapyĀ (MR-RT)Ā device,Ā aĀ PositronĀ EmissionĀ TomographyĀ -RadiotherapyĀ (PET-RT)Ā device,Ā etc.Ā )Ā ,Ā orĀ theĀ like.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ independentlyĀ asĀ needed.
FIG.Ā 1Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ system.Ā AsĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 1,Ā theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā andĀ aĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1200.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā forĀ radiographicĀ diagnosisĀ orĀ treatmentĀ ofĀ aĀ patient.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ  spaceĀ 1110Ā shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 1Ā isĀ aĀ circularĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā surroundingĀ theĀ patient.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1200Ā mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ transportĀ theĀ patientĀ intoĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.Ā ForĀ theĀ circularĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110,Ā theĀ spaceĀ availableĀ forĀ settingĀ upĀ theĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1200Ā mayĀ beĀ relativelyĀ limited.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 1,Ā theĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1200Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ cantileveredĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1210.Ā TheĀ cantileveredĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1210Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ cantileveredĀ baseĀ 1211Ā andĀ aĀ cantileveredĀ bedĀ boardĀ 1212.Ā TheĀ cantileveredĀ baseĀ 1211Ā mayĀ beĀ positionedĀ atĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ anĀ axialĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ YĀ directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 1)Ā ofĀ theĀ circularĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110,Ā andĀ theĀ cantileveredĀ bedĀ boardĀ 1212Ā mayĀ moveĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ cantileveredĀ baseĀ 1211Ā alongĀ theĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ circularĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā toĀ transportĀ theĀ patientĀ intoĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.Ā SinceĀ theĀ cantileveredĀ baseĀ 1211Ā ofĀ theĀ cantileveredĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1210Ā isĀ positionedĀ atĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ axialĀ directionĀ (i.e.,Ā theĀ YĀ directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 1)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110,Ā ifĀ anĀ axialĀ dimensionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā isĀ relativelyĀ long,Ā aĀ transportĀ distanceĀ ofĀ theĀ cantileveredĀ bedĀ boardĀ 1212Ā alsoĀ needsĀ toĀ beĀ extended,Ā leadingĀ toĀ unstableĀ transportationĀ ofĀ theĀ cantileveredĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1210.Ā ForĀ example,Ā dueĀ toĀ theĀ lackĀ ofĀ supportĀ atĀ theĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ cantileveredĀ bedĀ boardĀ 1212Ā awayĀ fromĀ theĀ cantileveredĀ baseĀ 1211,Ā theĀ cantileveredĀ bedĀ boardĀ 1212Ā mayĀ bend.Ā Additionally,Ā forĀ someĀ patientsĀ withĀ limitedĀ mobilityĀ inĀ theĀ medicalĀ system,Ā transferringĀ theĀ patientsĀ ontoĀ theĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1200Ā mayĀ beĀ veryĀ inconvenient.
InĀ viewĀ ofĀ this,Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ provideĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatus.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bed,Ā aĀ transferĀ bed,Ā orĀ aĀ conveyingĀ device.Ā AtĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ withinĀ aĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ device.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ mayĀ beĀ movableĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ (e.g.,Ā sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom)Ā .Ā AĀ subjectĀ mayĀ beĀ placedĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ forĀ imagingĀ orĀ radiationĀ therapy.Ā TheĀ transferĀ bedĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ transferĀ theĀ subjectĀ toĀ aĀ positionĀ nearĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ orĀ theĀ conveyingĀ device.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ device.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ medicalĀ bed,Ā theĀ transferĀ bed,Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ device.
ByĀ providingĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ toĀ supportĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ board,Ā stabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ isĀ maintainedĀ evenĀ ifĀ anĀ axialĀ dimensionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ isĀ relativelyĀ long.Ā Additionally,Ā theĀ coordinationĀ betweenĀ aĀ medicalĀ bed,Ā aĀ transferĀ bed,Ā andĀ aĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ facilitatesĀ theĀ transferĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ board,Ā allowingĀ forĀ convenientĀ medicalĀ operationsĀ evenĀ inĀ situationsĀ whereĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ isĀ relativelyĀ narrowĀ orĀ hasĀ aĀ longĀ axialĀ length.
FIG.Ā 2Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā AsĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā includesĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā aĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200,Ā andĀ aĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā (asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIGs.Ā 3-4,Ā 13,Ā 14,Ā andĀ 15)Ā ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ system)Ā .Ā TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā andĀ aĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā supportingĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ moveĀ alongĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ orthogonalĀ directions.
TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ transferĀ aĀ subjectĀ (i.e.,Ā aĀ patient)Ā betweenĀ theĀ  transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā andĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ transferĀ theĀ subjectĀ fromĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā and/orĀ moveĀ theĀ bedĀ toĀ differentĀ positionsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ detachablyĀ dockedĀ withĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200,Ā soĀ asĀ toĀ moveĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā whileĀ transferringĀ theĀ subjectĀ disposedĀ therein.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā mayĀ beĀ anyĀ feasibleĀ structureĀ forĀ placingĀ theĀ subject,Ā suchĀ asĀ aĀ generalĀ hospitalĀ bed.Ā TheĀ transferĀ bedĀ inĀ theĀ broadestĀ senseĀ mayĀ notĀ beĀ aĀ bedĀ structure.Ā ForĀ example,Ā itĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ wheelchairĀ structure,Ā andĀ forĀ example,Ā itĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ slab-likeĀ structuralĀ object.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā mayĀ beĀ consideredĀ partĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyorĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā orĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā InĀ otherĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā mayĀ beĀ non-required.Ā whenĀ theĀ patientĀ hasĀ goodĀ mobility,Ā theĀ patientĀ mayĀ moveĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā onĀ hisĀ orĀ herĀ ownĀ withoutĀ theĀ useĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200.
TheĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā andĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā detachablyĀ mountedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210.
TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ transferĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā betweenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā andĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ detachablyĀ dockedĀ withĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā andĀ mayĀ transportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā detachedĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ transportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā toĀ aĀ positionĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā locatedĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ device.Ā MoreĀ descriptionsĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ foundĀ inĀ FIGs.Ā 3,Ā 4,Ā andĀ 10Ā andĀ theĀ relevantĀ descriptionsĀ thereof.
TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā refersĀ toĀ aĀ bedĀ forĀ supportingĀ aĀ patientĀ duringĀ aĀ medicalĀ process.Ā AtĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ system,Ā enablingĀ theĀ patientĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā toĀ beĀ diagnosedĀ orĀ treatedĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.
TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā refersĀ toĀ aĀ platformĀ usedĀ toĀ supportĀ theĀ patient,Ā andĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ stablyĀ supportĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ atĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.
TheĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ move,Ā therebyĀ adjustingĀ aĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ forĀ easierĀ radiographicĀ diagnosisĀ and/orĀ treatmentĀ operations.Ā TheĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
TheĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ translateĀ alongĀ oneĀ directionĀ and/orĀ rotateĀ aroundĀ theĀ direction,Ā orĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ translateĀ alongĀ atĀ leastĀ twoĀ differentĀ directionsĀ and/orĀ rotateĀ aroundĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ twoĀ differentĀ directionsĀ toĀ achieveĀ motionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ translateĀ alongĀ threeĀ differentĀ directionsĀ and/orĀ rotateĀ aroundĀ theĀ threeĀ differentĀ directions.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ moveĀ (e.g.,Ā translate,Ā rotate)Ā alongĀ threeĀ orthogonalĀ directions.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā  mayĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ translateĀ orĀ rotateĀ alongĀ anĀ X-axisĀ direction,Ā aĀ Y-axisĀ direction,Ā andĀ aĀ Z-axisĀ directionĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ translateĀ alongĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ directionsĀ ofĀ theĀ X-axisĀ direction,Ā Y-axisĀ direction,Ā andĀ Z-axisĀ directionĀ andĀ rotateĀ aroundĀ anotherĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ directionsĀ ofĀ theĀ X-axisĀ direction,Ā Y-axisĀ direction,Ā andĀ Z-axisĀ direction.Ā AsĀ yetĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ translateĀ alongĀ andĀ rotateĀ aroundĀ theĀ X-axisĀ direction,Ā Y-axisĀ direction,Ā andĀ Z-axisĀ directionĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2.Ā MoreĀ descriptionsĀ forĀ theĀ specificĀ structureĀ ofĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ foundĀ inĀ FIGs.Ā 16,Ā 17,Ā andĀ 18Ā andĀ theĀ correspondingĀ descriptionsĀ thereof.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ simultaneouslyĀ (e.g.,Ā moveĀ simultaneouslyĀ inĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ first,Ā andĀ thenĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ anotherĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ toĀ adjustĀ theĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ patient.Ā InĀ otherĀ words,Ā theĀ movementĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ mayĀ occurĀ simultaneouslyĀ orĀ independentlyĀ inĀ anĀ orderĀ amongĀ differentĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
TheĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ transferĀ patients.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā mayĀ transferĀ patientsĀ fromĀ aĀ ward,Ā anĀ outpatientĀ room,Ā anĀ operatingĀ room,Ā etc.,Ā toĀ theĀ spaceĀ whereĀ theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ isĀ located.Ā TheĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā beingĀ detachablyĀ mountedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā mayĀ beĀ understoodĀ asĀ follows:Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ placedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210,Ā butĀ itĀ canĀ beĀ removedĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā inĀ aĀ detachableĀ manner.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ directlyĀ placedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā (theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā doĀ notĀ needĀ toĀ beĀ connected)Ā .Ā WhenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā isĀ placedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ removedĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā alongĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ directionsĀ (forĀ example,Ā liftingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā upwardĀ mayĀ makeĀ itĀ beĀ removedĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210)Ā .
TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ transferĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ transferĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā detachedĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā toĀ aĀ positionĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ system,Ā facilitatingĀ patientĀ receptionĀ forĀ diagnosisĀ and/orĀ treatment.Ā TheĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā mayĀ beĀ adjustedĀ byĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā basedĀ onĀ aĀ typeĀ ofĀ diagnosticĀ and/orĀ treatmentĀ operationĀ requiredĀ byĀ theĀ patient,Ā aĀ regionĀ onĀ theĀ bodyĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ toĀ beĀ diagnosedĀ and/orĀ treated,Ā aĀ physiqueĀ ofĀ theĀ patient,Ā etc.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ transportĀ theĀ patientĀ asĀ follows:Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ transferĀ theĀ patientĀ (fromĀ aĀ ward,Ā anĀ outpatientĀ room,Ā anĀ operatingĀ room,Ā etc.Ā )Ā toĀ aĀ positionĀ nearĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā (e.g.,Ā aĀ locationĀ whereĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ dock)Ā viaĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ dockedĀ withĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā viaĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400Ā (asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 6)Ā .Ā TheĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ detachedĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210,Ā andĀ subsequentlyĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ transportedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ detachĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā first,Ā  andĀ afterĀ aĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ treatmentĀ operationĀ isĀ completed,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ re-dockĀ withĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ transportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā backĀ toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ remainĀ dockedĀ withĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā throughoutĀ theĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ treatmentĀ operationĀ andĀ transportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā backĀ toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā afterĀ theĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ treatmentĀ operationĀ isĀ completed.
ByĀ settingĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā atĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā evenĀ ifĀ theĀ axialĀ (alongĀ theĀ Y-axis)Ā dimensionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā isĀ relativelyĀ long,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ stablyĀ supportĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā Meanwhile,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ alsoĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā toĀ move,Ā changingĀ theĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ forĀ easeĀ ofĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ treatmentĀ operations.Ā TheĀ coordinationĀ amongĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200,Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ enableĀ convenientĀ transferĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā therebyĀ facilitatingĀ radiographicĀ diagnosisĀ andĀ treatmentĀ ofĀ patientsĀ evenĀ inĀ aĀ narrowĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā orĀ aĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā withĀ aĀ longĀ axialĀ length.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ adjacentĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā forĀ example,Ā aboveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā MerelyĀ byĀ wayĀ ofĀ example,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ telescopicĀ conveyingĀ rodĀ (notĀ shownĀ inĀ theĀ drawings)Ā thatĀ mayĀ beĀ positionedĀ aboveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā andĀ extendĀ alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā TheĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ dockĀ withĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ conveyingĀ rod,Ā andĀ byĀ adjustingĀ theĀ extensionĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ conveyingĀ rods,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ transportedĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ifĀ theĀ spaceĀ aroundĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā isĀ limited,Ā forĀ example,Ā limitedĀ byĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ positionedĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.
FIGs.Ā 3Ā andĀ 4Ā areĀ schematicĀ diagramsĀ illustratingĀ aĀ useĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIGs.Ā 3Ā andĀ 4,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā isĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā andĀ aĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320Ā configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310.Ā FIGs.Ā 3Ā andĀ 4Ā illustrateĀ theĀ operationĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā inĀ aĀ medicalĀ system.Ā TheĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā toĀ moveĀ alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā TheĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400Ā mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā TheĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā toĀ moveĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā viaĀ theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400,Ā andĀ theĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā toĀ dragĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā positioningĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā toĀ aĀ locationĀ suitableĀ forĀ aĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ treatmentĀ operation.
ReferringĀ furtherĀ toĀ FIG.Ā 2,Ā inĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ guideĀ structureĀ 2330Ā (e.g.,Ā aĀ guideĀ railĀ extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100)Ā mayĀ beĀ providedĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā mayĀ moveĀ alongĀ theĀ guideĀ structureĀ 2330Ā toĀ ensureĀ stableĀ movementĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devicesĀ andĀ aĀ speedĀ controlĀ device.Ā TheĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devicesĀ mayĀ  beĀ configuredĀ toĀ detectĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ orĀ pressureĀ distributionĀ dataĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ presetĀ pointsĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā TheĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devicesĀ mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ atĀ multipleĀ presetĀ pointsĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā TheĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devicesĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ obtainĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data.Ā TheĀ speedĀ controlĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā andĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ adjustĀ aĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devicesĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ pressureĀ sensorsĀ distributedĀ atĀ differentĀ locations.
TheĀ presetĀ pointsĀ referĀ toĀ preselectedĀ positionsĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ setĀ accordingĀ toĀ actualĀ needs.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ presetĀ pointsĀ mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ atĀ twoĀ endsĀ and/orĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ presetĀ pointsĀ setĀ atĀ theĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ beĀ greaterĀ thanĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ presetĀ pointsĀ setĀ atĀ otherĀ positionsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.
TheĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ orĀ pressureĀ distributionĀ dataĀ refersĀ toĀ dataĀ relatedĀ toĀ theĀ gravityĀ detectedĀ byĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devices.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ gravityĀ magnitude,Ā aĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ position,Ā etc.,Ā detectedĀ byĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devices.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā whenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā movesĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā itĀ coversĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devicesĀ orĀ aĀ partĀ thereof.Ā TheĀ coveredĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devicesĀ bearĀ aĀ pressureĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā andĀ theĀ pressureĀ borneĀ atĀ theĀ presetĀ pointsĀ mayĀ beĀ detected,Ā whichĀ correspondsĀ toĀ theĀ gravityĀ magnitudeĀ ofĀ theĀ correspondingĀ partĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā TheĀ distributionĀ positionsĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devicesĀ mayĀ representĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ positions.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devicesĀ mayĀ communicateĀ withĀ theĀ speedĀ controlĀ device.
TheĀ speedĀ controlĀ deviceĀ mayĀ analyzeĀ andĀ processĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data,Ā andĀ generateĀ aĀ correspondingĀ controlĀ instruction,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ sentĀ toĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā toĀ adjustĀ theĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300.
TheĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ conveyingĀ speedĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310.Ā TheĀ speedĀ controlĀ deviceĀ mayĀ adjustĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ speed,Ā aĀ power,Ā etc.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ speedĀ controlĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ variableĀ speedĀ motor,Ā aĀ transmissionĀ chainĀ withĀ anĀ adjustableĀ gearĀ ratio,Ā etc.Ā TheĀ transmissionĀ chainĀ mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ gearĀ transmissionĀ chain,Ā aĀ beltĀ transmissionĀ chain,Ā aĀ chainĀ transmissionĀ chain,Ā etc.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ifĀ aĀ variableĀ speedĀ motorĀ isĀ usedĀ asĀ theĀ speedĀ controlĀ device,Ā itĀ mayĀ replaceĀ theĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ifĀ aĀ transmissionĀ chainĀ withĀ anĀ adjustableĀ gearĀ ratioĀ isĀ usedĀ inĀ theĀ speedĀ controlĀ device,Ā itĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ betweenĀ theĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā inĀ aĀ transmissionĀ way.
ByĀ monitoringĀ pressuresĀ atĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ presetĀ pointsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā inĀ realĀ timeĀ throughĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ distributedĀ gravityĀ sensingĀ devices,Ā itĀ isĀ possibleĀ toĀ analyzeĀ whetherĀ theĀ forcesĀ atĀ theĀ multipleĀ presetĀ pointsĀ andĀ theĀ supportĀ forcesĀ areĀ equal.Ā WhenĀ theĀ supportĀ forceĀ isĀ lessĀ thanĀ theĀ force,Ā theĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ mayĀ beĀ reducedĀ toĀ preventĀ instabilityĀ suchĀ asĀ fluctuationsĀ duringĀ transmission.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā throughĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data,Ā itĀ isĀ possibleĀ toĀ determineĀ whetherĀ theĀ gravityĀ atĀ theĀ multipleĀ presetĀ pointsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā isĀ evenlyĀ distributed.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ gravityĀ magnitudeĀ ofĀ eachĀ presetĀ pointĀ inĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ mayĀ beĀ comparedĀ withĀ aĀ presetĀ gravityĀ thresholdĀ correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ gravityĀ magnitude.Ā IfĀ theĀ gravityĀ magnitudeĀ isĀ lessĀ thanĀ orĀ equalĀ toĀ theĀ presetĀ gravityĀ threshold,Ā itĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ thatĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ isĀ even.Ā IfĀ theĀ gravityĀ magnitudeĀ isĀ greaterĀ thanĀ theĀ presetĀ gravityĀ threshold,Ā itĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ thatĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ isĀ uneven,Ā andĀ aĀ currentĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ mayĀ beĀ reducedĀ byĀ aĀ presetĀ value.Ā IfĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ remainsĀ unevenĀ afterĀ theĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ isĀ reduced,Ā theĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ mayĀ beĀ furtherĀ reduced,Ā untilĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ becomesĀ even.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā byĀ detectingĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bed,Ā itĀ isĀ possibleĀ toĀ determineĀ whetherĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ orĀ theĀ patientĀ isĀ unstable.Ā InĀ theĀ eventĀ ofĀ instabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ orĀ theĀ patient,Ā theĀ speedĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ isĀ reduced,Ā whichĀ preventsĀ theĀ patientĀ fromĀ fallingĀ dueĀ toĀ fluctuations.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ anĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ device.
TheĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ provideĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ moveĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ YĀ directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā atĀ leastĀ oneĀ sideĀ surfaceĀ ofĀ theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ abutĀ againstĀ aĀ lowerĀ surfaceĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ moveĀ synchronouslyĀ withĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ variousĀ structures.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ grooveĀ providedĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ YĀ directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā andĀ aĀ sliderĀ slidablyĀ providedĀ inĀ theĀ groove,Ā whereinĀ theĀ sliderĀ mayĀ abutĀ againstĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ screwĀ andĀ aĀ screwĀ nut,Ā whereinĀ anĀ axisĀ ofĀ theĀ screwĀ mayĀ beĀ parallelĀ toĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ YĀ directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā andĀ theĀ screwĀ nutĀ mayĀ beĀ providedĀ onĀ theĀ screwĀ andĀ mayĀ abutĀ againstĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā may,Ā inĀ responseĀ toĀ determiningĀ thatĀ anĀ instabilityĀ isĀ greaterĀ thanĀ aĀ presetĀ value,Ā enableĀ theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ andĀ moveĀ theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ toĀ aĀ firstĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ position.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ positionĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data.Ā TheĀ instabilityĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ andĀ theĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300.
TheĀ instabilityĀ refersĀ toĀ relevantĀ dataĀ reflectingĀ aĀ degreeĀ ofĀ instabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ degreeĀ ofĀ instabilityĀ mayĀ beĀ relatedĀ toĀ aĀ bendingĀ momentĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ greaterĀ theĀ bendingĀ momentĀ borneĀ byĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā is,Ā theĀ higherĀ theĀ instabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā is.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ andĀ theĀ transmissionĀ speed,Ā theĀ instabilityĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ throughĀ aĀ presetĀ table,Ā whichĀ includesĀ aĀ presetĀ correspondenceĀ relationshipĀ  betweenĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data,Ā theĀ transmissionĀ speed,Ā andĀ theĀ instability.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ presetĀ tableĀ mayĀ beĀ constructedĀ asĀ follows:Ā forĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ andĀ actualĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ duringĀ aĀ patientĀ bedĀ transferĀ process,Ā aĀ countĀ ofĀ instancesĀ ofĀ discomfortĀ feedbackĀ fromĀ theĀ patient,Ā aĀ countĀ ofĀ medicalĀ personnelĀ assistingĀ inĀ theĀ transfer,Ā aĀ countĀ ofĀ assistedĀ transfers,Ā aĀ slidingĀ frequencyĀ and/orĀ aĀ slidingĀ magnitudeĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ theĀ transferĀ processĀ mayĀ beĀ weightedĀ andĀ summedĀ toĀ obtainĀ theĀ instability.
TheĀ countĀ ofĀ instancesĀ ofĀ discomfortĀ feedbackĀ fromĀ theĀ patientĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ timesĀ duringĀ aĀ transferĀ processĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā thatĀ theĀ patientĀ providesĀ feedbackĀ ofĀ feelingĀ uncomfortable,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ obtainedĀ basedĀ onĀ manualĀ statistics.
TheĀ countĀ ofĀ medicalĀ personnelĀ assistingĀ inĀ theĀ transferĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ totalĀ countĀ ofĀ medicalĀ personnelĀ assistingĀ inĀ theĀ transferĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā duringĀ aĀ transferĀ process,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ obtainedĀ basedĀ onĀ manualĀ statistics.
TheĀ countĀ ofĀ assistedĀ transfersĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ timesĀ theĀ medicalĀ personnelĀ participateĀ inĀ assistingĀ inĀ theĀ transferĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā duringĀ aĀ transferĀ process,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ obtainedĀ basedĀ onĀ manualĀ statistics.
TheĀ slidingĀ frequencyĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ theĀ transferĀ processĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ frequencyĀ atĀ whichĀ theĀ patientĀ slidesĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā duringĀ aĀ transferĀ process.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ slidingĀ frequencyĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ theĀ transferĀ processĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data.Ā ForĀ example,Ā ifĀ aĀ similarityĀ betweenĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ collectedĀ atĀ aĀ timeĀ pointĀ orĀ periodĀ (e.g.,Ā oneĀ minute)Ā beforeĀ aĀ transferĀ processĀ andĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ collectedĀ atĀ aĀ timeĀ pointĀ orĀ periodĀ (e.g.,Ā oneĀ minute)Ā afterĀ theĀ transferĀ processĀ isĀ lessĀ thanĀ aĀ presetĀ similarityĀ threshold,Ā itĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ thatĀ theĀ patientĀ hasĀ slid.Ā TheĀ slidingĀ frequencyĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ occurrencesĀ ofĀ slidingĀ perĀ unitĀ ofĀ time.
TheĀ slidingĀ magnitudeĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ theĀ transferĀ processĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ distanceĀ theĀ patientĀ slidesĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā duringĀ aĀ transferĀ process.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ slidingĀ magnitudeĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ theĀ transferĀ processĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data.Ā ForĀ example,Ā inĀ aĀ transferĀ process,Ā aĀ distanceĀ betweenĀ aĀ centerĀ ofĀ gravityĀ correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ collectedĀ atĀ aĀ timeĀ pointĀ orĀ periodĀ (e.g.,Ā oneĀ minute)Ā beforeĀ andĀ aĀ centerĀ ofĀ gravityĀ correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ collectedĀ atĀ aĀ timeĀ pointĀ orĀ periodĀ (e.g.,Ā oneĀ minute)Ā laterĀ mayĀ beĀ designatedĀ asĀ theĀ slidingĀ magnitude.Ā AnĀ averageĀ slidingĀ magnitudeĀ mayĀ beĀ obtainedĀ byĀ takingĀ anĀ averageĀ ofĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ slidingĀ magnitudes.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ instancesĀ ofĀ discomfortĀ feedbackĀ fromĀ theĀ patient,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ medicalĀ personnelĀ assistingĀ inĀ theĀ transfer,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ assistedĀ transfers,Ā theĀ slidingĀ frequencyĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ theĀ transferĀ process,Ā andĀ theĀ averageĀ slidingĀ magnitude,Ā theĀ instabilityĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ usingĀ aĀ presetĀ algorithmĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ weightedĀ algorithm)Ā .Ā ForĀ example,Ā instabilityĀ N=W1ƗD+W2ƗMƗC+W3ƗPƗS,Ā whereinĀ W1,Ā W2,Ā andĀ W3Ā denoteĀ presetĀ values,Ā NĀ denotesĀ instability,Ā DĀ denotesĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ instancesĀ ofĀ discomfortĀ feedbackĀ fromĀ theĀ patient,Ā MĀ denotesĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ medicalĀ personnelĀ assistingĀ inĀ theĀ transfer,Ā CĀ denotesĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ assistedĀ transfers,Ā PĀ denotesĀ theĀ slidingĀ frequencyĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ theĀ transferĀ process,Ā andĀ SĀ denotesĀ theĀ averageĀ slidingĀ magnitude.
TheĀ firstĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ positionĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ positionĀ whereĀ theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ needsĀ toĀ  supportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā WhenĀ theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ movesĀ toĀ theĀ firstĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ positionĀ andĀ supportsĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā itĀ mayĀ improveĀ theĀ stabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ positionĀ mayĀ correspondĀ toĀ theĀ locationĀ whereĀ theĀ bendingĀ momentĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā isĀ maximum.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data,Ā theĀ gravityĀ magnitudeĀ atĀ variousĀ locationsĀ mayĀ beĀ obtained,Ā andĀ byĀ performingĀ forceĀ analysis,Ā aĀ positionĀ correspondingĀ toĀ aĀ maximumĀ bendingĀ momentĀ mayĀ beĀ determined,Ā andĀ theĀ positionĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ asĀ theĀ firstĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ position.
ByĀ wayĀ ofĀ example,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ supportedĀ fromĀ aĀ bottomĀ toĀ aĀ topĀ atĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā whileĀ theĀ patientĀ liesĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā TheĀ maximumĀ bendingĀ momentĀ isĀ borneĀ atĀ aĀ middleĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā andĀ theĀ firstĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ positionĀ mayĀ beĀ belowĀ theĀ middleĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā InĀ otherĀ words,Ā theĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ deviceĀ mayĀ supportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā fromĀ belowĀ theĀ middleĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā whenĀ theĀ patientĀ liesĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā theĀ positionĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā whereĀ theĀ bendingĀ momentĀ isĀ maximumĀ mayĀ beĀ belowĀ theĀ patient'sĀ centerĀ ofĀ gravity,Ā andĀ theĀ positionĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ asĀ theĀ firstĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ position.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā byĀ determiningĀ instability,Ā itĀ isĀ possibleĀ toĀ assessĀ whetherĀ thereĀ isĀ aĀ riskĀ ofĀ instabilityĀ forĀ theĀ patientĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ andĀ accordinglyĀ provideĀ targetedĀ auxiliaryĀ supportĀ toĀ improveĀ theĀ stabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ transfer,Ā therebyĀ preventingĀ theĀ patientĀ fromĀ fallingĀ offĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ andĀ ensuringĀ theĀ safetyĀ ofĀ theĀ patient.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ instabilityĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ andĀ theĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ ofĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā throughĀ anĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ model.
TheĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ modelĀ refersĀ toĀ aĀ modelĀ configuredĀ toĀ determineĀ theĀ instability.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ modelĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ machineĀ learningĀ model,Ā suchĀ asĀ aĀ convolutionalĀ neuralĀ networkĀ (CNN)Ā model,Ā etc.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā anĀ inputĀ ofĀ theĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ modelĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ andĀ theĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300,Ā andĀ anĀ outputĀ ofĀ theĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ modelĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ instability.Ā MoreĀ descriptionsĀ ofĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ data,Ā theĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ device,Ā andĀ theĀ instabilityĀ mayĀ beĀ foundĀ inĀ theĀ relevantĀ descriptionsĀ above.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ modelĀ mayĀ beĀ obtainedĀ byĀ trainingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ trainingĀ samplesĀ withĀ aĀ firstĀ label.Ā ThisĀ trainingĀ processĀ mayĀ beĀ executedĀ onĀ aĀ remoteĀ server.Ā TheĀ remoteĀ serverĀ mayĀ inputĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ trainingĀ samplesĀ withĀ theĀ firstĀ labelĀ intoĀ anĀ initialĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ model,Ā constructĀ aĀ lossĀ functionĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ labelĀ andĀ aĀ resultĀ ofĀ theĀ initialĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ model,Ā andĀ iterativelyĀ updateĀ aĀ parameterĀ ofĀ theĀ initialĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ modelĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ lossĀ function.Ā WhenĀ theĀ lossĀ functionĀ ofĀ theĀ initialĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ modelĀ meetsĀ aĀ presetĀ condition,Ā theĀ modelĀ trainingĀ isĀ completed,Ā andĀ theĀ trainedĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ modelĀ isĀ obtained.Ā TheĀ presetĀ conditionĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ lossĀ functionĀ convergingĀ orĀ aĀ countĀ ofĀ iterationsĀ reachingĀ aĀ threshold.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ trainingĀ sampleĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ gravityĀ distributionĀ dataĀ andĀ theĀ transmissionĀ speedĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ obtainedĀ fromĀ historicalĀ data.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā inĀ aĀ  subsequentĀ patientĀ transferĀ process,Ā theĀ firstĀ labelĀ mayĀ beĀ obtainedĀ byĀ performingĀ aĀ weightedĀ summationĀ onĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ instancesĀ ofĀ discomfortĀ feedbackĀ fromĀ theĀ patient,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ medicalĀ personnelĀ assistingĀ inĀ theĀ transfer,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ assistedĀ transfers,Ā andĀ theĀ slidingĀ frequencyĀ andĀ slidingĀ magnitudeĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ theĀ transferĀ processĀ inĀ theĀ historicalĀ data.Ā MoreĀ descriptionsĀ ofĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ instancesĀ ofĀ discomfortĀ feedbackĀ fromĀ theĀ patient,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ medicalĀ personnelĀ assistingĀ inĀ theĀ transfer,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ assistedĀ transfers,Ā theĀ slidingĀ frequencyĀ andĀ slidingĀ magnitudeĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ bedĀ boardĀ duringĀ theĀ transferĀ process,Ā andĀ theĀ weightedĀ summationĀ mayĀ beĀ foundĀ inĀ theĀ relevantĀ descriptionsĀ above.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā predictingĀ theĀ instabilityĀ throughĀ theĀ instabilityĀ predictionĀ modelĀ canĀ improveĀ theĀ accuracyĀ andĀ efficiencyĀ ofĀ instabilityĀ prediction.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2,Ā theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ detachablyĀ mountedĀ onĀ theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211.Ā ByĀ providingĀ theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211,Ā theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā toĀ moveĀ upĀ andĀ downĀ (alongĀ theĀ Z-axisĀ directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2)Ā toĀ adjustĀ aĀ heightĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā fromĀ aĀ ground,Ā therebyĀ facilitatingĀ theĀ transferĀ ofĀ theĀ patient.Ā ForĀ example,Ā byĀ adjustingĀ theĀ liftingĀ ofĀ theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211Ā (e.g.,Ā loweringĀ theĀ heightĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220)Ā ,Ā theĀ patientĀ mayĀ beĀ transferredĀ toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā moreĀ easily,Ā andĀ thenĀ byĀ adjustingĀ theĀ liftingĀ ofĀ theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211Ā (e.g.,Ā raisingĀ theĀ heightĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220)Ā ,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ dockĀ withĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā moreĀ easily.Ā TheĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211Ā mayĀ beĀ raisedĀ andĀ loweredĀ viaĀ aĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320.Ā AnĀ exemplaryĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ motorĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ linearĀ motor)Ā ,Ā aĀ hydraulicĀ cylinder,Ā anĀ airĀ cylinder,Ā etc.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211Ā mayĀ beĀ providedĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ universalĀ wheelsĀ 2212,Ā whichĀ mayĀ facilitateĀ theĀ movementĀ ofĀ theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ inĀ multipleĀ directionsĀ toĀ facilitateĀ theĀ movementĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā mayĀ includeĀ anĀ automaticĀ navigationĀ device.Ā TheĀ automaticĀ navigationĀ deviceĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ automaticallyĀ planĀ aĀ transferĀ routeĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā basedĀ onĀ aĀ departureĀ andĀ aĀ destinationĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200,Ā andĀ controlĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā toĀ moveĀ alongĀ theĀ plannedĀ transferĀ route.Ā ByĀ providingĀ theĀ automaticĀ navigationĀ device,Ā theĀ processĀ ofĀ transferringĀ theĀ patientĀ withĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā canĀ beĀ madeĀ moreĀ intelligent.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ beĀ detachablyĀ dockedĀ withĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā viaĀ theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400.Ā TheĀ detachableĀ dockingĀ betweenĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ understoodĀ asĀ follows:Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ transportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā butĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ detachĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā afterĀ theĀ transmissionĀ processĀ endsĀ orĀ afterĀ theĀ patient'sĀ treatmentĀ isĀ completed.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā inĀ aĀ detachableĀ manner,Ā orĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ directlyĀ placedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā (theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā notĀ connectedĀ withĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300)Ā .
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ firstĀ dockingĀ member,Ā aĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member,Ā andĀ aĀ lockingĀ mechanism.Ā OneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300.Ā TheĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ connectĀ andĀ lockĀ theĀ dockedĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ toĀ stablyĀ connectĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ device,Ā therebyĀ facilitatingĀ theĀ transmissionĀ ofĀ theĀ  movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā byĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400Ā mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ aĀ detectionĀ deviceĀ 2470Ā configuredĀ toĀ detectĀ whetherĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ areĀ dockedĀ inĀ place.Ā WhenĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ areĀ dockedĀ inĀ place,Ā theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ mayĀ beĀ controlledĀ toĀ lockĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā allowingĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā toĀ transportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ detectionĀ deviceĀ 2470Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ switch.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā whenĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ areĀ dockedĀ inĀ place,Ā theĀ switchĀ isĀ triggeredĀ andĀ emitĀ aĀ triggerĀ signal.Ā TheĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ mayĀ beginĀ theĀ lockingĀ operationĀ inĀ responseĀ toĀ theĀ triggerĀ signal.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ detectionĀ deviceĀ 2470Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ laserĀ sensor.Ā TheĀ laserĀ sensorĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ detectĀ aĀ relativeĀ positionĀ and/orĀ aĀ distanceĀ betweenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā (i.e.,Ā aĀ relativeĀ positionĀ and/orĀ aĀ distanceĀ betweenĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member)Ā toĀ determineĀ whetherĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ areĀ dockedĀ inĀ place.
FIG.Ā 5Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā FIG.Ā 6Ā isĀ anĀ enlargedĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ ofĀ portionĀ MĀ ofĀ FIG.Ā 5.Ā FIG.Ā 7Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ andĀ aĀ firstĀ drivingĀ memberĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ firstĀ dockingĀ member,Ā aĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member,Ā and/orĀ aĀ lockingĀ mechanism.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIGs.Ā 5Ā andĀ 6,Ā theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410,Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420.Ā OneĀ ofĀ anĀ outerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā andĀ anĀ innerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420Ā mayĀ beĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ helicalĀ grooveĀ (notĀ shownĀ inĀ theĀ drawings)Ā .Ā ItĀ mayĀ beĀ understoodĀ thatĀ theĀ positionsĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā andĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420Ā shownĀ inĀ FIGs.Ā 5Ā andĀ 6Ā mayĀ beĀ interchanged.Ā InĀ otherĀ words,Ā theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420,Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410.Ā AĀ protrusionĀ partĀ 2411Ā capableĀ ofĀ beingĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ helicalĀ grooveĀ mayĀ beĀ providedĀ onĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ outerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā andĀ theĀ innerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420.Ā TheĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā mayĀ beĀ rotatablyĀ arrangedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā orĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā andĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ rotateĀ alongĀ anĀ axisĀ ofĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove.Ā WhenĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā andĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420Ā areĀ dockedĀ inĀ place,Ā theĀ protrusionĀ partĀ 2411Ā entersĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove.Ā DuringĀ theĀ rotationĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410,Ā theĀ protrusionĀ partĀ 2411Ā mayĀ moveĀ alongĀ theĀ helicalĀ grooveĀ soĀ thatĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā entersĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420.
FIG.Ā 5Ā illustratesĀ anĀ exampleĀ whereĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā isĀ rotatablyĀ arrangedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā (theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310)Ā ,Ā theĀ protrusionĀ partĀ 2411Ā isĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ outerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410,Ā andĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420Ā isĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā withĀ theĀ helicalĀ grooveĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ innerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ protrusionĀ partĀ 2411Ā andĀ aĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ helicalĀ grooveĀ mayĀ beĀ moreĀ thanĀ oneĀ (e.g.,Ā two,Ā three,Ā etc.Ā )Ā ,Ā andĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ protrusionĀ partsĀ 2411Ā andĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ helicalĀ groovesĀ mayĀ beĀ arrangedĀ inĀ aĀ one-to-oneĀ  correspondence.
TheĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ firstĀ drivingĀ memberĀ 2450,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā toĀ rotateĀ alongĀ theĀ axisĀ ofĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove,Ā causingĀ theĀ protrusionĀ partĀ 2411Ā toĀ moveĀ alongĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove.Ā ByĀ coordinatingĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā andĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ 2420,Ā theĀ dockingĀ betweenĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā canĀ beĀ achieved,Ā makingĀ theĀ dockingĀ betweenĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā stableĀ andĀ reliable.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ drivingĀ memberĀ 2450Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ motor,Ā aĀ hydraulicĀ cylinder,Ā aĀ gasolineĀ engine,Ā orĀ otherĀ drivingĀ sourcesĀ toĀ achieveĀ automaticĀ drivingĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 7,Ā theĀ firstĀ drivingĀ memberĀ 2450Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ manualĀ drivingĀ component.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ firstĀ drivingĀ memberĀ 2450Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ rodĀ orĀ aĀ knobĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā (shownĀ asĀ aĀ rodĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 7)Ā ,Ā andĀ anĀ operatorĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ doctor)Ā mayĀ manuallyĀ pushĀ theĀ rodĀ orĀ rotateĀ theĀ knobĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ 2410Ā toĀ rotate.
FIG.Ā 8Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā FIG.Ā 9Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIGs.Ā 8Ā andĀ 9,Ā theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ boltĀ 2430,Ā theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ slotĀ 2440,Ā andĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ includesĀ aĀ secondĀ drivingĀ memberĀ 2460,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā toĀ insertĀ intoĀ theĀ slotĀ 2440.
TheĀ secondĀ drivingĀ memberĀ 2460Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ motorĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ linearĀ motor)Ā ,Ā aĀ hydraulicĀ cylinder,Ā anĀ airĀ cylinder,Ā etc.Ā FIGs.Ā 8Ā andĀ 9Ā illustrateĀ anĀ exampleĀ whereĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā isĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ slotĀ 2440Ā isĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300.Ā FIG.Ā 8Ā illustratesĀ aĀ stateĀ beforeĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā andĀ theĀ slotĀ 2440Ā areĀ docked,Ā andĀ FIG.Ā 9Ā illustratesĀ aĀ stateĀ afterĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā andĀ theĀ slotĀ 2440Ā areĀ docked.Ā ItĀ mayĀ beĀ understoodĀ thatĀ theĀ positionsĀ ofĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā andĀ theĀ slotĀ 2440Ā mayĀ beĀ interchanged,Ā i.e.,Ā theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300,Ā andĀ theĀ slotĀ 2440Ā mayĀ beĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.
TheĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ housing,Ā andĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ drivingĀ memberĀ 2460Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ insideĀ theĀ housing.Ā TheĀ housingĀ mayĀ protectĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ drivingĀ memberĀ 2460.Ā AnĀ openingĀ mayĀ beĀ providedĀ onĀ theĀ housingĀ atĀ aĀ positionĀ whereĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā extendsĀ out.Ā WhenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā moveĀ intoĀ position,Ā theĀ secondĀ drivingĀ memberĀ 2460Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā toĀ extendĀ fromĀ theĀ openingĀ andĀ thenĀ insertĀ intoĀ theĀ slotĀ 2440,Ā therebyĀ lockingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300.
TheĀ dockingĀ betweenĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ achievedĀ byĀ theĀ cooperationĀ ofĀ theĀ boltĀ 2430Ā andĀ theĀ slotĀ 2440,Ā makingĀ theĀ dockingĀ betweenĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā stableĀ andĀ reliable.
FIG.Ā 10Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ yetĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā FIG.Ā 11Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ inĀ theĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ FIG.Ā 10.Ā FIG.Ā 12Ā isĀ anĀ enlargedĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ ofĀ portionĀ DĀ ofĀ FIG.Ā 10.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā referringĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 10,Ā 11,Ā andĀ 12,Ā theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ hookĀ 2491,Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492.Ā TheĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ includesĀ aĀ thirdĀ drivingĀ member,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ  driveĀ theĀ hookĀ 2491Ā toĀ hookĀ intoĀ orĀ withdrawĀ fromĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ thirdĀ drivingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ hookĀ alongĀ aĀ depthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492,Ā allowingĀ theĀ hookĀ 2491Ā toĀ hookĀ intoĀ orĀ withdrawĀ fromĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ thirdĀ drivingĀ memberĀ mayĀ driveĀ theĀ hookĀ 2491Ā toĀ rotate,Ā allowingĀ theĀ hookĀ 2491Ā toĀ hookĀ intoĀ orĀ withdrawĀ fromĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492.Ā TheĀ thirdĀ drivingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ motor,Ā aĀ hydraulicĀ cylinder,Ā etc.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ 2493Ā (e.g.,Ā aĀ cam)Ā ,Ā aĀ fourthĀ drivingĀ memberĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ 2493Ā toĀ moveĀ (e.g.,Ā drivingĀ theĀ camĀ toĀ rotate)Ā ,Ā andĀ aĀ triggeringĀ mechanismĀ 2494Ā mayĀ beĀ providedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā TheĀ fourthĀ drivingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ 2493Ā toĀ move,Ā allowingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ aĀ longitudinalĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā TheĀ triggeringĀ mechanismĀ 2494Ā mayĀ beĀ providedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300,Ā andĀ whenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā approachesĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300,Ā theĀ triggeringĀ mechanismĀ 2494Ā mayĀ beĀ triggered.Ā Then,Ā theĀ fourthĀ drivingĀ memberĀ mayĀ driveĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ 2493Ā toĀ moveĀ (e.g.,Ā drivingĀ theĀ camĀ toĀ rotate)Ā ,Ā causingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā toĀ moveĀ aĀ shortĀ distanceĀ inĀ aĀ directionĀ awayĀ fromĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300,Ā therebyĀ ensuringĀ thatĀ theĀ hookĀ 2491Ā isĀ securelyĀ engagedĀ inĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492.Ā InĀ otherĀ words,Ā whenĀ theĀ hookĀ 2491Ā isĀ hookedĀ intoĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492,Ā aĀ gapĀ mayĀ existĀ betweenĀ theĀ hookĀ 2491Ā andĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492.Ā ByĀ drivingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā toĀ moveĀ aĀ shortĀ distanceĀ awayĀ fromĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300,Ā theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ 2493Ā eliminatesĀ theĀ gapĀ betweenĀ theĀ hookĀ 2491Ā andĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492,Ā ensuringĀ thatĀ theĀ hookĀ 2491Ā isĀ securelyĀ hookedĀ intoĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ 2492.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ member,Ā secondĀ dockingĀ member,Ā andĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ mayĀ haveĀ differentĀ structures.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ aĀ firstĀ actuatingĀ member,Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ aĀ secondĀ actuatingĀ member.Ā TheĀ firstĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ connectĀ andĀ disconnectĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ generateĀ anĀ interactingĀ forceĀ toĀ connectĀ orĀ disconnectĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ interactingĀ forceĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ magneticĀ force.Ā AtĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ mayĀ generateĀ theĀ magneticĀ forceĀ and/orĀ beĀ magneticallyĀ attracted.Ā ForĀ example,Ā oneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ magnet,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ actuatingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ magnetĀ orĀ aĀ metalĀ thatĀ mayĀ beĀ magneticallyĀ attracted,Ā forĀ example,Ā iron,Ā nickel,Ā orĀ theĀ like.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ magnetĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ permanentĀ magnetĀ and/orĀ anĀ electromagnet.
MerelyĀ byĀ wayĀ ofĀ example,Ā theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ includeĀ anĀ electromagnet,Ā theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ magneticĀ component,Ā andĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ mayĀ beĀ anĀ electricallyĀ connectedĀ switchĀ associatedĀ withĀ theĀ electromagnet.Ā WhenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā moveĀ intoĀ position,Ā theĀ electricallyĀ connectedĀ switchĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ electromagnetĀ mayĀ beĀ turnedĀ on,Ā causingĀ theĀ electromagnetĀ toĀ beĀ energizedĀ andĀ attractĀ theĀ magneticĀ component,Ā therebyĀ connectingĀ andĀ lockingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300.Ā ByĀ changingĀ aĀ magnitudeĀ ofĀ aĀ current,Ā theĀ magneticĀ forceĀ mayĀ beĀ furtherĀ adjustedĀ toĀ changeĀ theĀ degreeĀ ofĀ connection.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400Ā disposedĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ furtherĀ  includeĀ anĀ anti-skidĀ device,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ preventĀ theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400Ā onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā fromĀ sliding.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ anti-skidĀ deviceĀ mayĀ includeĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ anti-skidĀ stripsĀ orĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ anti-skidĀ platformsĀ disposedĀ onĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā oneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ mayĀ beĀ slidablyĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ anti-skidĀ platformĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ otherĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member.Ā ByĀ providingĀ theĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ anti-skidĀ stripsĀ orĀ theĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ anti-skidĀ platforms,Ā theĀ frictionĀ betweenĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ canĀ beĀ increasedĀ toĀ preventĀ slippage.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā anĀ anti-skidĀ patternĀ mayĀ beĀ setĀ onĀ theĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ anti-skidĀ platforms.Ā ByĀ providingĀ theĀ anti-skidĀ pattern,Ā theĀ frictionĀ betweenĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ canĀ beĀ furtherĀ increased.
ByĀ utilizingĀ theĀ advantagesĀ ofĀ aĀ simpleĀ structureĀ andĀ convenientĀ controlĀ providedĀ byĀ theĀ interactionĀ forceĀ toĀ connectĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member,Ā theĀ connectionĀ structureĀ canĀ beĀ simplified.Ā ByĀ providingĀ theĀ anti-skidĀ device,Ā theĀ frictionĀ betweenĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ canĀ beĀ increased,Ā therebyĀ improvingĀ theĀ connectionĀ effectivenessĀ andĀ preventingĀ slippage.
FIG.Ā 13Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā FIG.Ā 14Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ yetĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā FIG.Ā 15Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ accordingĀ toĀ yetĀ someĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā referringĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 13,Ā 14,Ā andĀ 15,Ā theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā disposedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā andĀ aĀ gapĀ 2490Ā locatedĀ betweenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā TheĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ beĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ gapĀ 2490Ā toĀ supportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.
FIGs.Ā 13,Ā 14,Ā andĀ 15Ā illustrateĀ anĀ exampleĀ whereĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā isĀ appliedĀ inĀ aĀ radiotherapyĀ system.Ā FIG.Ā 13Ā illustratesĀ aĀ stateĀ whenĀ theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā isĀ notĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ gapĀ 2490Ā (theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā isĀ notĀ dockedĀ withĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300)Ā .Ā FIG.Ā 14Ā illustratesĀ aĀ stateĀ afterĀ theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā isĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ gapĀ 2490Ā (theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā isĀ dockedĀ withĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300)Ā .Ā FIG.Ā 15Ā illustratesĀ aĀ stateĀ afterĀ theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā movesĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā ontoĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā afterĀ theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā isĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā mayĀ liftĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā upwardĀ toĀ detachĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā whenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā includesĀ aĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211,Ā afterĀ theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā isĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ 2211Ā mayĀ descendĀ toĀ detachĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210,Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ supportedĀ byĀ theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ supportĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ providedĀ betweenĀ aĀ bottomĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210,Ā creatingĀ aĀ gapĀ 2490Ā betweenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ifĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā includesĀ aĀ conveyorĀ memberĀ 2310,Ā theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā mayĀ beĀ positionedĀ onĀ oneĀ sideĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyorĀ memberĀ 2310Ā closeĀ toĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā ByĀ coordinatingĀ theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ 2480Ā withĀ theĀ gapĀ 2490,Ā theĀ dockingĀ betweenĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā isĀ achieved,Ā simplifyingĀ theĀ structureĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400Ā andĀ makingĀ itĀ easierĀ toĀ operate.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ twoĀ mechanicalĀ armsĀ (notĀ shownĀ inĀ theĀ drawings)Ā ,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā respectively.Ā TheĀ atĀ leastĀ twoĀ mechanicalĀ armsĀ mayĀ includeĀ multipleĀ jointsĀ articulatedĀ inĀ sequence,Ā providingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā withĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom,Ā suchĀ asĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
FIG.Ā 16Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā FIG.Ā 17Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā FIG.Ā 18Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā referringĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 16,Ā 17,Ā andĀ 18,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111.Ā OneĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā viaĀ aĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112.Ā TheĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ aĀ static/fixedĀ platformĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ ground)Ā viaĀ aĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā AĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā mayĀ beĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ firstĀ circumference,Ā andĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113Ā mayĀ beĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ secondĀ circumference.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ twoĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111.Ā ForĀ example,Ā twoĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā whichĀ solvesĀ theĀ problemĀ ofĀ saggingĀ orĀ bendingĀ ofĀ theĀ cantileverĀ bedĀ boardĀ 1212Ā inĀ theĀ cantileveredĀ medicalĀ tableĀ 1210Ā dueĀ toĀ theĀ lackĀ ofĀ supportĀ atĀ oneĀ end,Ā thusĀ improvingĀ theĀ safetyĀ duringĀ aĀ medicalĀ processĀ (e.g.,Ā radiographicĀ imaging)Ā .
ByĀ hingingĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā throughĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā andĀ toĀ theĀ staticĀ platformĀ throughĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113,Ā andĀ byĀ settingĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā andĀ theĀ typeĀ andĀ layoutĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā andĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā canĀ achieveĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ inĀ rotationĀ and/orĀ movement,Ā meetingĀ positioningĀ requirementsĀ forĀ patientsĀ duringĀ medicalĀ operations.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111.Ā AĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2120,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2120.
InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā isĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111,Ā eachĀ ofĀ whichĀ independentlyĀ supportsĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā therebyĀ preventingĀ  theĀ accumulationĀ ofĀ motionĀ errors.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā withĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā canĀ alsoĀ improveĀ theĀ stiffnessĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā andĀ theĀ precisionĀ ofĀ motionĀ control.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ three,Ā withĀ oneĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā locatedĀ atĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā andĀ twoĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā locatedĀ atĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā ReferringĀ toĀ FIG.Ā 16,Ā theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1,Ā aĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-2,Ā andĀ aĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3.Ā AĀ firstĀ endĀ (anĀ endĀ nearĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120)Ā ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1,Ā theĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-2,Ā andĀ theĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā mayĀ beĀ hingedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā viaĀ aĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112.Ā AĀ secondĀ endĀ (anĀ endĀ awayĀ fromĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120)Ā ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1,Ā theĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-2,Ā andĀ theĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ aĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ hingedĀ toĀ theĀ staticĀ platformĀ throughĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-2Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā (i.e.,Ā aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā FIG.Ā 16Ā illustratesĀ threeĀ orthogonalĀ directions,Ā whereinĀ anĀ XĀ directionĀ representsĀ aĀ widthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā (medicalĀ bedĀ 2100)Ā ,Ā aĀ YĀ directionĀ representsĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā (medicalĀ bedĀ 2100)Ā ,Ā andĀ aĀ ZĀ directionĀ representsĀ aĀ heightĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.
ByĀ providingĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā withĀ eachĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā hingedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā throughĀ aĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā andĀ hingedĀ toĀ theĀ staticĀ platformĀ throughĀ aĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ haveĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.Ā ThroughĀ theĀ telescopicĀ motionĀ ofĀ theĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā mayĀ translateĀ alongĀ theĀ X,Ā Y,Ā andĀ ZĀ directions,Ā and/orĀ rotateĀ aroundĀ theĀ X,Ā Y,Ā andĀ ZĀ axes.Ā ItĀ shouldĀ beĀ notedĀ thatĀ theĀ movementsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā inĀ differentĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ areĀ achievedĀ throughĀ theĀ telescopicĀ motionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ andĀ theĀ coordinationĀ betweenĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā andĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ six,Ā andĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ formĀ aĀ six-axisĀ parallelĀ platform.Ā ForĀ example,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 17,Ā theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ includeĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111:Ā aĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1,Ā aĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-2,Ā aĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3,Ā aĀ fourthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-4,Ā aĀ fifthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-5,Ā andĀ aĀ sixthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-6.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā referringĀ toĀ FIG.Ā 17,Ā twoĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā (forĀ example,Ā theĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā andĀ theĀ sixthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-6)Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ fourĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā (forĀ example,Ā theĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1,Ā theĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-2,Ā theĀ fourthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-4,Ā andĀ theĀ fifthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-5)Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā ThisĀ arrangementĀ providesĀ moreĀ stableĀ supportĀ forĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā byĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111,Ā enhancingĀ theĀ stabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā  Additionally,Ā theĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā withĀ onlyĀ twoĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā hasĀ moreĀ spaceĀ dueĀ toĀ theĀ relativelyĀ fewerĀ countĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111,Ā facilitatingĀ theĀ positioningĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā (abedĀ usedĀ forĀ transferringĀ aĀ patient)Ā nearĀ theĀ endĀ withĀ twoĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111,Ā thusĀ facilitatingĀ theĀ transferĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ betweenĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā andĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā referringĀ toĀ FIG.Ā 18,Ā threeĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā (forĀ example,Ā theĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1,Ā theĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-2,Ā andĀ theĀ fourthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-4)Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā (forĀ example,Ā theĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3,Ā theĀ fifthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-5,Ā andĀ theĀ sixthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-6)Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā ThisĀ arrangementĀ alsoĀ enhancesĀ theĀ stabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100.Ā ItĀ mayĀ beĀ understoodĀ thatĀ whenĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā includesĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rods,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā andĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113Ā areĀ alsoĀ six,Ā withĀ theĀ firstĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā connectedĀ toĀ aĀ correspondingĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā atĀ theĀ secondĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā connectedĀ toĀ aĀ correspondingĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113.
ByĀ settingĀ upĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ achieveĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.Ā ThroughĀ theĀ telescopicĀ motionĀ ofĀ theĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā mayĀ translateĀ alongĀ theĀ X,Ā Y,Ā andĀ ZĀ directions,Ā andĀ rotateĀ aroundĀ theĀ X,Ā Y,Ā andĀ ZĀ axes.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ four,Ā withĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ fourĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ threeĀ ofĀ theĀ fourĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā SimilarĀ toĀ theĀ previousĀ description,Ā thisĀ configurationĀ allowsĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā toĀ haveĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ seven,Ā withĀ threeĀ ofĀ theĀ sevenĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ fourĀ ofĀ theĀ sevenĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā SimilarĀ toĀ theĀ previousĀ description,Ā thisĀ configurationĀ allowsĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2100Ā toĀ haveĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ eight,Ā withĀ fourĀ ofĀ theĀ eightĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ fourĀ ofĀ theĀ eightĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā SimilarĀ toĀ theĀ previousĀ description,Ā thisĀ configurationĀ allowsĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2100Ā toĀ haveĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā referringĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 16,Ā 17,Ā andĀ 18,Ā atĀ leastĀ twoĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ onĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ aĀ centralĀ axisĀ extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā ForĀ example,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 16,Ā aĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1Ā andĀ aĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-2Ā mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ onĀ theĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P1Ā extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā AĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā mayĀ beĀ preciselyĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P1Ā orĀ onĀ eitherĀ sideĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P1.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 17,Ā aĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā andĀ aĀ sixthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-6Ā mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ onĀ theĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P2Ā extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120;Ā aĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1Ā andĀ aĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111- 2Ā mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ onĀ theĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P2Ā extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120;Ā aĀ fourthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-4Ā andĀ aĀ fifthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-5Ā mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ onĀ theĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P2Ā extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā AsĀ yetĀ anotherĀ example,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 18,Ā aĀ firstĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-1Ā andĀ aĀ secondĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-2Ā mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ onĀ theĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P3Ā extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120;Ā aĀ fifthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-5Ā andĀ aĀ sixthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-6Ā mayĀ beĀ distributedĀ onĀ theĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P3Ā extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā AĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā andĀ aĀ fourthĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-4Ā mayĀ beĀ preciselyĀ distributedĀ onĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P3Ā orĀ onĀ eitherĀ sideĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ P3.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ twoĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā distributedĀ onĀ theĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā mayĀ beĀ symmetricallyĀ orĀ asymmetricallyĀ distributedĀ withĀ respectĀ toĀ theĀ centralĀ axis.
ByĀ arrangingĀ atĀ leastĀ twoĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ onĀ theĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ centralĀ axisĀ extendingĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā theĀ stabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ inĀ supportingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā canĀ beĀ enhanced.Ā InĀ addition,Ā theĀ coordinationĀ betweenĀ differentĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ enablesĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom,Ā thusĀ facilitatingĀ adjustmentĀ ofĀ aĀ spatialĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā andĀ aĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ patient.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ extendedĀ orĀ retractedĀ toĀ adjustĀ anĀ overallĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rod,Ā andĀ underĀ theĀ cooperationĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā andĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ haveĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ (e.g.,Ā threeĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ orĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom)Ā ,Ā therebyĀ facilitatingĀ theĀ adjustmentĀ ofĀ theĀ spatialĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā andĀ theĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ patient.Ā TakingĀ theĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā inĀ FIG.Ā 16Ā asĀ anĀ illustrativeĀ example,Ā theĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā mayĀ includeĀ anĀ innerĀ rodĀ andĀ anĀ outerĀ sleeve,Ā withĀ theĀ outerĀ sleeveĀ fittingĀ overĀ anĀ outerĀ sideĀ ofĀ theĀ innerĀ rod.Ā OneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ innerĀ rodĀ mayĀ beĀ hingedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā throughĀ theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ innerĀ rodĀ mayĀ extendĀ intoĀ theĀ outerĀ sleeve,Ā withĀ theĀ outerĀ sleeveĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113Ā awayĀ fromĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā TheĀ outerĀ sleeveĀ mayĀ beĀ hingedĀ toĀ theĀ staticĀ platformĀ throughĀ theĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ innerĀ rodĀ mayĀ beĀ extendedĀ orĀ retractedĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ outerĀ sleeve,Ā andĀ byĀ controllingĀ aĀ lengthĀ (alsoĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ anĀ extensionĀ length)Ā ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ ofĀ theĀ innerĀ rodĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ outerĀ sleeve,Ā theĀ overallĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ thirdĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111-3Ā mayĀ beĀ adjusted.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā byĀ adjustingĀ theĀ extensionĀ lengthĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ separatelyĀ toĀ adjustĀ theĀ overallĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ andĀ coordinatingĀ withĀ theĀ correspondingĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā andĀ theĀ correspondingĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ haveĀ differentĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom,Ā thusĀ enablingĀ theĀ adjustmentĀ ofĀ theĀ spatialĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā andĀ theĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ patient,Ā therebyĀ facilitatingĀ scanningĀ andĀ detectionĀ ofĀ theĀ patient.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ drivingĀ componentĀ (seeĀ FIG.Ā 17)Ā forĀ drivingĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā toĀ extendĀ and/orĀ retract.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ drivingĀ componentĀ 2114Ā mayĀ beĀ one,Ā andĀ oneĀ drivingĀ componentĀ 2114Ā mayĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ drivingĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā toĀ extendĀ andĀ retract.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ drivingĀ componentĀ 2114Ā mayĀ beĀ two,Ā withĀ oneĀ drivingĀ componentĀ 2114Ā usedĀ forĀ drivingĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā toĀ extendĀ andĀ theĀ otherĀ drivingĀ componentĀ 2114Ā usedĀ forĀ drivingĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā toĀ retract.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ drivingĀ componentĀ 2114Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ innerĀ rodĀ ofĀ theĀ correspondingĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā toĀ extendĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ outerĀ sleeveĀ toĀ increaseĀ theĀ overallĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ drivingĀ componentĀ 2114Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ innerĀ rodĀ ofĀ theĀ correspondingĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111Ā toĀ retractĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ outerĀ sleeveĀ toĀ decreaseĀ theĀ overallĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ 2111.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ extensionĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ innerĀ rodĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ outerĀ sleeveĀ ofĀ differentĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ reasonablyĀ setĀ accordingĀ toĀ actualĀ needsĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ spatialĀ position,Ā aĀ posture,Ā etc.,Ā ofĀ theĀ patient)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā drivenĀ byĀ theĀ correspondingĀ drivingĀ componentĀ 2114Ā canĀ beĀ coordinated.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ drivingĀ componentĀ 2114Ā mayĀ includeĀ anĀ electricĀ cylinder,Ā aĀ pneumaticĀ cylinder,Ā aĀ hydraulicĀ cylinder,Ā orĀ theĀ like.Ā ByĀ providingĀ theĀ drivingĀ componentsĀ 2114Ā toĀ driveĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā toĀ extendĀ orĀ retractĀ respectively,Ā anĀ operationĀ difficultyĀ canĀ beĀ reducedĀ forĀ anĀ operator,Ā andĀ theĀ convenienceĀ andĀ accuracyĀ ofĀ operationĀ canĀ beĀ improved.
FIG.Ā 19Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ aĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ andĀ aĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā referringĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 16,Ā 17,Ā 18,Ā andĀ 19,Ā atĀ leastĀ threeĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā mayĀ beĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ A,Ā andĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113Ā mayĀ beĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ B.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā eachĀ hingeĀ seatĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ hingeĀ point.Ā ForĀ example,Ā referringĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 16Ā andĀ 19,Ā whenĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ isĀ three,Ā theĀ threeĀ firstĀ hingeĀ pointsĀ atĀ whichĀ theĀ threeĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā areĀ respectivelyĀ locatedĀ mayĀ formĀ theĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ A,Ā andĀ theĀ threeĀ secondĀ hingeĀ pointsĀ atĀ whichĀ theĀ threeĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113Ā areĀ respectivelyĀ locatedĀ mayĀ formĀ theĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ B.Ā InĀ otherĀ words,Ā theĀ threeĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā areĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ theĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ A,Ā andĀ theĀ threeĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113Ā areĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ theĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ B.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā referringĀ toĀ FIG.Ā 17Ā (orĀ FIG.Ā 18)Ā andĀ FIG.Ā 19,Ā ifĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ isĀ six,Ā sixĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā areĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ theĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ A,Ā andĀ sixĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113Ā areĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ theĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ B.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ hingedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā throughĀ theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rod.Ā WhenĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ extendsĀ orĀ retractsĀ underĀ anĀ actionĀ ofĀ aĀ thirdĀ drivingĀ member,Ā theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ mayĀ moveĀ withĀ theĀ innerĀ rodĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rod,Ā causingĀ aĀ changeĀ inĀ theĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112,Ā andĀ thusĀ aĀ changeĀ inĀ theĀ hingeĀ pointĀ correspondingĀ toĀ theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112.Ā Therefore,Ā theĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ AĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ dynamicĀ circumference.Ā TheĀ secondĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ hingedĀ toĀ theĀ staticĀ platformĀ throughĀ theĀ correspondingĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113,Ā andĀ aĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113Ā isĀ fixed.Ā Therefore,Ā theĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ BĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ staticĀ circumference.
ByĀ arrangingĀ aĀ positionalĀ distributionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā onĀ theĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ AĀ andĀ aĀ positionalĀ distributionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113Ā onĀ theĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ B,Ā aĀ movementĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ withinĀ anĀ apertureĀ 105Ā ofĀ aĀ scanningĀ deviceĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ movementĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā orĀ inĀ aĀ directionĀ perpendicularĀ toĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120)Ā canĀ beĀ controlled.
ItĀ shouldĀ beĀ notedĀ thatĀ theĀ illustrationĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 19,Ā whereĀ aĀ diameterĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ AĀ isĀ  smallerĀ thanĀ aĀ diameterĀ ofĀ theĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ B,Ā isĀ merelyĀ exemplary.Ā InĀ actualĀ situations,Ā theĀ diameterĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ AĀ mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ equalĀ toĀ orĀ greaterĀ thanĀ theĀ diameterĀ ofĀ theĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ B.Ā TheĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ doesĀ notĀ specificallyĀ limitĀ aĀ sizeĀ relationshipĀ betweenĀ theĀ diameterĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ circumferenceĀ AĀ andĀ theĀ diameterĀ ofĀ theĀ secondĀ circumferenceĀ B.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ HookeĀ jointĀ orĀ aĀ ballĀ joint,Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ HookeĀ joint.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ typeĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā andĀ aĀ typeĀ ofĀ theĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113Ā mayĀ beĀ theĀ same.Ā ForĀ example,Ā bothĀ theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113Ā mayĀ beĀ HookeĀ joints.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ typeĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113Ā mayĀ beĀ different.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ ballĀ joint,Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ HookeĀ joint.Ā ByĀ settingĀ theĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā asĀ aĀ HookeĀ jointĀ orĀ aĀ ballĀ jointĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113Ā asĀ aĀ HookeĀ joint,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā canĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom,Ā andĀ theĀ stabilityĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā canĀ beĀ maintainedĀ evenĀ afterĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā movesĀ inĀ differentĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ (i.e.,Ā aĀ stableĀ stateĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā remainsĀ unchangedĀ afterĀ movementĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120)Ā .
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā oneĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ hingedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā throughĀ aĀ HookeĀ jointĀ orĀ aĀ ballĀ joint,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ 2111Ā mayĀ beĀ hingedĀ toĀ theĀ staticĀ platformĀ throughĀ aĀ HookeĀ joint.Ā ByĀ adjustingĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rods,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ haveĀ differentĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.Ā ForĀ example,Ā ifĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ isĀ six,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ haveĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā ifĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ isĀ three,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ haveĀ threeĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.Ā Furthermore,Ā comparedĀ toĀ aĀ serialĀ structureĀ multi-degree-of-freedomĀ platform,Ā theĀ parallelĀ structureĀ multi-degree-of-freedomĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā providedĀ inĀ theĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ hasĀ greaterĀ stiffness,Ā load-bearingĀ capacity,Ā andĀ higherĀ motionĀ controlĀ accuracyĀ byĀ adjustingĀ theĀ countĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rods,Ā theĀ typesĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2112Ā andĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ 2113,Ā andĀ theĀ positionalĀ distributionsĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2112Ā andĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ 2113Ā .Ā Additionally,Ā ifĀ theĀ serialĀ structureĀ multi-degree-of-freedomĀ platformĀ hasĀ moreĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom,Ā aĀ weightĀ ofĀ theĀ serialĀ structureĀ isĀ increased,Ā resultingĀ inĀ greaterĀ inertiaĀ ofĀ theĀ platform.Ā InĀ contrast,Ā theĀ parallelĀ structureĀ multi-degree-of-freedomĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā hasĀ theĀ advantageĀ ofĀ achievingĀ smallerĀ inertia.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ furtherĀ includeĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrails,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ aroundĀ aĀ perimeterĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.
TelescopicĀ guardrailsĀ referĀ toĀ guardrailsĀ withĀ telescopicĀ functionality.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrailsĀ mayĀ extendĀ alongĀ aĀ directionĀ perpendicularĀ toĀ anĀ upperĀ surfaceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā (e.g.,Ā theĀ Z-directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā whenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā movesĀ ontoĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrailsĀ mayĀ extendĀ upwardĀ alongĀ aĀ directionĀ perpendicularĀ toĀ theĀ upperĀ surfaceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā (e.g.,Ā theĀ Z-directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2)Ā untilĀ theyĀ surpassĀ theĀ upperĀ surfaceĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220.Ā ByĀ providingĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrails,Ā theyĀ mayĀ beĀ extendedĀ whenĀ neededĀ toĀ protectĀ aĀ patientĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā preventingĀ theĀ patientĀ fromĀ fallingĀ off.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ flexibleĀ componentĀ mayĀ beĀ providedĀ onĀ aĀ sideĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ  guardrailsĀ closeĀ toĀ theĀ patient.
TheĀ flexibleĀ componentĀ refersĀ toĀ aĀ structureĀ madeĀ ofĀ aĀ flexibleĀ material,Ā forĀ example,Ā rubber,Ā cotton,Ā sponge,Ā airĀ cushions,Ā etc.Ā ByĀ providingĀ theĀ flexibleĀ componentĀ onĀ theĀ sideĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrailsĀ closeĀ toĀ theĀ patient,Ā theĀ flexibleĀ componentĀ mayĀ actĀ asĀ aĀ bufferĀ whenĀ theĀ patientĀ collidesĀ withĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrails,Ā therebyĀ improvingĀ patientĀ comfort.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrailsĀ mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ to:Ā inĀ responseĀ toĀ receivingĀ aĀ guardrailĀ activationĀ instruction,Ā activateĀ theĀ correspondingĀ telescopicĀ guardrail.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrailsĀ mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ toĀ aĀ controlĀ deviceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā viaĀ aĀ signal.Ā TheĀ controlĀ deviceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ generateĀ theĀ guardrailĀ activationĀ instructionĀ andĀ sendĀ theĀ guardrailĀ activationĀ instructionĀ toĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrails,Ā causingĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrailsĀ toĀ executeĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ actionĀ ofĀ extendingĀ upward,Ā retractingĀ downward,Ā etc.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ guardrailĀ activationĀ instructionĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ basedĀ onĀ patientĀ characteristics,Ā anĀ enabledĀ degreeĀ ofĀ freedom,Ā andĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.
TheĀ patientĀ characteristicsĀ referĀ toĀ characteristicsĀ relatedĀ toĀ theĀ patient.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ patientĀ characteristicsĀ mayĀ includeĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ height,Ā aĀ weight,Ā anĀ age,Ā etc.Ā ofĀ theĀ patient.Ā TheĀ patientĀ characteristicsĀ mayĀ beĀ manuallyĀ obtainedĀ andĀ inputĀ intoĀ theĀ controlĀ deviceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000.
TheĀ enabledĀ degreeĀ ofĀ freedomĀ refersĀ toĀ aĀ directionĀ inĀ whichĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā needsĀ toĀ moveĀ and/orĀ rotate.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā mayĀ moveĀ alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ Y-directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2)Ā .Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā mayĀ rotateĀ aroundĀ aĀ verticalĀ axisĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ Z-directionĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2)Ā .Ā TheĀ controlĀ deviceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ enabledĀ degreeĀ ofĀ freedomĀ byĀ monitorĀ theĀ movementĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā throughĀ aĀ displacementĀ sensor,Ā etc.
TheĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ refersĀ toĀ theĀ apertureĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ controlĀ deviceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ obtainĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ inĀ variousĀ ways.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ controlĀ deviceĀ mayĀ obtainĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ basedĀ onĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ manufacturer,Ā historicalĀ data,Ā manualĀ input,Ā etc.
TheĀ guardrailĀ activationĀ instructionĀ mayĀ includeĀ theĀ telescopicĀ guardrailĀ (s)Ā toĀ beĀ activated,Ā aĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retraction,Ā andĀ aĀ speedĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retraction.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ controlĀ deviceĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ determineĀ theĀ telescopicĀ guardrailĀ (s)Ā toĀ beĀ activatedĀ basedĀ onĀ theĀ enabledĀ degreeĀ ofĀ freedomĀ andĀ determineĀ theĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ guardrailĀ (s)Ā basedĀ onĀ theĀ patientĀ characteristic,Ā andĀ theĀ speedĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ mayĀ beĀ preset.
ForĀ example,Ā ifĀ theĀ enabledĀ degreeĀ ofĀ freedomĀ isĀ rotatingĀ toĀ oneĀ sideĀ aroundĀ theĀ Y-axisĀ (asĀ flippingĀ outwardsĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 16)Ā ,Ā thenĀ theĀ telescopicĀ guardrailĀ toĀ beĀ activatedĀ mayĀ beĀ theĀ telescopicĀ guardrailĀ onĀ aĀ sideĀ ofĀ aĀ rotationĀ directionĀ (e.g.,Ā closerĀ toĀ theĀ outerĀ sideĀ ofĀ theĀ paperĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 16)Ā .
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ correspondenceĀ tableĀ betweenĀ theĀ patientĀ characteristicsĀ andĀ theĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ mayĀ beĀ constructed.Ā ForĀ example,Ā byĀ statisticallyĀ analyzingĀ averageĀ dimensionalĀ informationĀ ofĀ patientsĀ inĀ patientĀ characteristicsĀ (e.g.,Ā anĀ averageĀ bodyĀ dimensionĀ ofĀ 12-year-oldsĀ weighingĀ 30kgĀ andĀ 140cmĀ tall)Ā ,Ā theĀ requiredĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ mayĀ beĀ manuallyĀ determinedĀ andĀ recordedĀ inĀ aĀ tableĀ toĀ formĀ theĀ correspondenceĀ table.Ā ItĀ mayĀ beĀ understandableĀ thatĀ sinceĀ theĀ apertureĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ  spaceĀ 1110Ā isĀ fixed,Ā theĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ mayĀ beĀ limitedĀ byĀ theĀ apertureĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110,Ā i.e.,Ā theĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ guardrailsĀ mayĀ notĀ exceedĀ aĀ setĀ heightĀ threshold.Ā IfĀ theĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ isĀ lessĀ thanĀ theĀ apertureĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110,Ā thenĀ theĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ asĀ valid.Ā IfĀ theĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ exceedsĀ theĀ apertureĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110,Ā thenĀ theĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ mayĀ beĀ determinedĀ asĀ invalid,Ā andĀ inĀ thisĀ case,Ā theĀ actualĀ theĀ heightĀ ofĀ extensionĀ orĀ retractionĀ ofĀ theĀ telescopicĀ guardrailsĀ mayĀ beĀ theĀ heightĀ threshold.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā byĀ providingĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrails,Ā automatedĀ controlĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ guardrailsĀ canĀ beĀ achievedĀ whenĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ movesĀ and/orĀ rotates,Ā thusĀ protectingĀ theĀ patientĀ andĀ preventingĀ theĀ patientĀ fromĀ fallingĀ offĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ board.
FIG.Ā 20Ā isĀ aĀ schematicĀ diagramĀ illustratingĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ structureĀ ofĀ aĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ accordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosure.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 20,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā includesĀ aĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā andĀ aĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320.Ā TheĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā toĀ moveĀ alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā mayĀ beĀ configuredĀ toĀ dragĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā directlyĀ pullingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ aĀ patientĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā ontoĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ trailer.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ partĀ ofĀ aĀ transferĀ bedĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ detachablyĀ providedĀ onĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210)Ā .Ā TheĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ mayĀ driveĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā andĀ theĀ patientĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā toĀ aĀ positionĀ aroundĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā (e.g.,Ā toĀ anĀ endĀ ofĀ twoĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ ofĀ aĀ transferĀ bedĀ withĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rods)Ā .Ā ThenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ mayĀ dockĀ withĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā andĀ detachĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ underĀ theĀ dragĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā (e.g.,Ā theĀ trailer)Ā .Ā TheĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā mayĀ driveĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā toĀ moveĀ ontoĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ carriedĀ byĀ medicalĀ staffĀ toĀ aĀ positionĀ aroundĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā andĀ dockedĀ withĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā (e.g.,Ā theĀ trailer)Ā .Ā TheĀ arrangementĀ ofĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā andĀ theĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320Ā canĀ transportĀ theĀ patientĀ overĀ aĀ longerĀ distance.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ 2310Ā andĀ theĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ 2320Ā mayĀ beĀ connectedĀ inĀ aĀ transmissionĀ wayĀ throughĀ aĀ transmissionĀ assembly.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ transmissionĀ assemblyĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ beltĀ transmissionĀ assemblyĀ orĀ aĀ chainĀ transmissionĀ assembly.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ transmissionĀ assemblyĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ gearĀ rackĀ transmissionĀ assemblyĀ orĀ aĀ wormĀ gearĀ transmissionĀ assembly.
ReferringĀ toĀ FIGs.Ā 3,Ā 4,Ā 13,Ā 14,Ā andĀ 15,Ā inĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā andĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000,Ā whereinĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā mayĀ includeĀ aĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ circularĀ spaceĀ aroundĀ theĀ patient.Ā AnĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā isĀ theĀ YĀ directionĀ inĀ theĀ drawings.Ā AtĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā passesĀ throughĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā alongĀ theĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.Ā ByĀ usingĀ theĀ aboveĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000,Ā theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ canĀ notĀ onlyĀ transportĀ aĀ patientĀ requiringĀ radiologicalĀ diagnosisĀ andĀ treatmentĀ moreĀ convenientlyĀ andĀ safelyĀ butĀ alsoĀ stablyĀ performĀ radiologicalĀ diagnosisĀ andĀ treatmentĀ whenĀ theĀ axialĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ isĀ  relativelyĀ long.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ mayĀ includeĀ anĀ imagingĀ deviceĀ andĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100,Ā andĀ anĀ isocenterĀ ofĀ theĀ imagingĀ deviceĀ mayĀ coincideĀ withĀ anĀ isocenterĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā mayĀ cooperateĀ withĀ theĀ imagingĀ device,Ā allowingĀ theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ toĀ haveĀ bothĀ radiographicĀ imagingĀ andĀ radiationĀ therapyĀ functions,Ā withĀ radiationĀ therapyĀ beingĀ conductedĀ underĀ theĀ guidanceĀ ofĀ radiographicĀ imaging.Ā TheĀ isocentersĀ ofĀ theĀ imagingĀ deviceĀ andĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā referĀ toĀ pointsĀ aroundĀ whichĀ anĀ acceleratorĀ rotatesĀ duringĀ radiographicĀ imagingĀ andĀ treatmentĀ processes.Ā ByĀ configuringĀ theĀ isocenterĀ ofĀ theĀ imagingĀ deviceĀ toĀ coincideĀ withĀ theĀ isocenterĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100,Ā theĀ accuracyĀ ofĀ imageĀ guidanceĀ duringĀ radiationĀ therapyĀ canĀ beĀ ensured.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ magneticĀ resonanceĀ imagingĀ (MRI)Ā device,Ā aĀ positronĀ emissionĀ tomographyĀ (PET)Ā device,Ā aĀ positronĀ emissionĀ computedĀ tomographyĀ (PECT)Ā device,Ā aĀ computedĀ tomographyĀ (CT)Ā device,Ā anĀ X-rayĀ imagingĀ device,Ā aĀ single-photonĀ emissionĀ computedĀ tomographyĀ (SPET)Ā device,Ā anĀ ultrasoundĀ device,Ā orĀ theĀ like.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ systemĀ mayĀ includeĀ aĀ radiationĀ therapyĀ (RT)Ā device.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ systemĀ mayĀ includeĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ aboveĀ imagingĀ deviceĀ andĀ treatmentĀ deviceĀ orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.Ā ForĀ example,Ā whenĀ multipleĀ devicesĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ needĀ toĀ scanĀ andĀ detectĀ aĀ patient,Ā theĀ axialĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā mayĀ beĀ relativelyĀ longĀ (whichĀ mayĀ beĀ consideredĀ asĀ theĀ accumulationĀ ofĀ theĀ axialĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā correspondingĀ toĀ eachĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100)Ā .Ā ByĀ supportingĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā withĀ theĀ supportingĀ deviceĀ 2110,Ā theĀ patientĀ canĀ beĀ moreĀ stablyĀ supported.Ā Additionally,Ā ifĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā describedĀ inĀ FIGs.Ā 16,Ā 17,Ā andĀ 18Ā isĀ used,Ā theĀ patientĀ canĀ beĀ moreĀ stablyĀ supportedĀ andĀ safelyĀ translatedĀ andĀ rotatedĀ duringĀ movements,Ā especiallyĀ whenĀ theĀ axialĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 2100Ā isĀ relativelyĀ long.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ transportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā intoĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā inĀ whichĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā isĀ located.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā mayĀ beĀ aĀ circularĀ spaceĀ aroundĀ theĀ patient.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ atĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ anĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ atĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ alongĀ theĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.Ā ForĀ example,Ā aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ ofĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ atĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ circularĀ medicalĀ space,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ mayĀ beĀ locatedĀ atĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.Ā WithĀ thisĀ configuration,Ā atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā isĀ locatedĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110,Ā andĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā isĀ parallelĀ toĀ theĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ transportĀ theĀ patientĀ intoĀ theĀ circularĀ medicalĀ space,Ā andĀ whenĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā performsĀ scanningĀ diagnosisĀ onĀ theĀ patient,Ā theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ beĀ controlledĀ toĀ extendĀ orĀ retractĀ accordingĀ toĀ diagnosticĀ andĀ treatmentĀ requirementsĀ soĀ asĀ toĀ adjustĀ aĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā inĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā andĀ aĀ postureĀ ofĀ theĀ patient,Ā therebyĀ facilitatingĀ scanningĀ diagnosisĀ ofĀ theĀ patient.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ifĀ theĀ axialĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā isĀ relativelyĀ long,Ā aĀ conveyingĀ distanceĀ alongĀ theĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā isĀ relativelyĀ longĀ accordingly.Ā ByĀ applyingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā toĀ theĀ medicalĀ system,Ā withĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ supportingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ atĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ  boardĀ alongĀ itsĀ lengthĀ direction,Ā problemsĀ suchĀ asĀ saggingĀ orĀ bendingĀ ofĀ aĀ cantileverĀ bedĀ boardĀ inĀ aĀ cantilever-typeĀ medicalĀ bedĀ dueĀ toĀ lackĀ ofĀ supportĀ atĀ oneĀ endĀ canĀ beĀ avoided,Ā thusĀ improvingĀ safetyĀ duringĀ aĀ scanningĀ detectionĀ process.Ā Additionally,Ā leveragingĀ theĀ advantagesĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100,Ā whichĀ hasĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom,Ā higherĀ motionĀ controlĀ precision,Ā andĀ lowerĀ inertia,Ā canĀ meetĀ requirementsĀ onĀ theĀ spatialĀ positionĀ andĀ postureĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ duringĀ theĀ scanningĀ detectionĀ process.
SomeĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ disclosureĀ furtherĀ provideĀ aĀ medicalĀ method,Ā whichĀ usesĀ theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ describedĀ inĀ anyĀ ofĀ theĀ aboveĀ embodimentsĀ forĀ medicalĀ operations.Ā TheĀ medicalĀ methodĀ mayĀ includeĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ ofĀ theĀ followingĀ operations:
TheĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ transported,Ā usingĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000,Ā toĀ aĀ positionĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000'sĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā locatedĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100.
TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2120Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā mayĀ beĀ drivenĀ byĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ 2100Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedomĀ toĀ adjustĀ aĀ positionĀ ofĀ aĀ subjectĀ (i.e.,Ā aĀ patient)Ā .
AĀ correspondingĀ medicalĀ operationĀ mayĀ beĀ performedĀ onĀ theĀ subjectĀ usingĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā beforeĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā transportsĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220,Ā theĀ subjectĀ mayĀ beĀ transferredĀ toĀ aĀ predeterminedĀ positionĀ usingĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ detachedĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ subjectĀ mayĀ beĀ transportedĀ toĀ theĀ predeterminedĀ positionĀ throughĀ otherĀ manners,Ā forĀ example,Ā viaĀ aĀ wheelchairĀ orĀ aĀ regularĀ hospitalĀ bed.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā afterĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā isĀ transferredĀ intoĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110,Ā theĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ 1110Ā mayĀ beĀ furtherĀ adjustedĀ byĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā toĀ modifyĀ aĀ relativeĀ positionĀ betweenĀ theĀ subjectĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ modalitiesĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ system.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ adjustĀ theĀ subjectĀ toĀ correspondĀ toĀ anĀ imagingĀ modalityĀ byĀ adjustingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā inĀ orderĀ toĀ imageĀ theĀ subject.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā mayĀ adjustĀ theĀ subjectĀ toĀ correspondĀ toĀ aĀ radiationĀ therapyĀ modalityĀ byĀ adjustingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā inĀ orderĀ toĀ administerĀ radiationĀ therapyĀ toĀ theĀ subject.
InĀ theĀ aboveĀ operations,Ā theĀ predeterminedĀ positionĀ mayĀ beĀ understoodĀ asĀ theĀ positionĀ whereĀ aĀ conveyingĀ mechanismĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300)Ā transportsĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā detachedĀ fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ predeterminedĀ positionĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ positionĀ whereĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ 2300Ā docksĀ withĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā throughĀ theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ 2400.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ operationĀ ofĀ detachingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ afterĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā hasĀ movedĀ toĀ theĀ predeterminedĀ position,Ā therebyĀ ensuringĀ stableĀ connectionĀ betweenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā duringĀ theĀ transferĀ process.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ operationĀ ofĀ detachingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ 2210Ā fromĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ 2220Ā mayĀ beĀ performedĀ beforeĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ 2200Ā movesĀ toĀ theĀ predeterminedĀ position.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā duringĀ theĀ processĀ ofĀ adjustingĀ theĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ patientĀ throughĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ 2110,Ā anĀ isocenterĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ 1100Ā mayĀ beĀ positionedĀ withinĀ aĀ regionĀ ofĀ interestĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ lesionĀ site,Ā aĀ suspectedĀ lesionĀ site,Ā etc.Ā )Ā onĀ theĀ patient.Ā MoreĀ descriptionsĀ ofĀ otherĀ relevantĀ aspectsĀ ofĀ theĀ methodĀ describedĀ aboveĀ mayĀ beĀ foundĀ inĀ theĀ relevantĀ descriptionsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ 2000Ā andĀ theĀ  medicalĀ systemĀ above,Ā whichĀ willĀ notĀ beĀ repeatedĀ here.
HavingĀ thusĀ describedĀ theĀ basicĀ concepts,Ā itĀ mayĀ beĀ ratherĀ apparentĀ toĀ thoseĀ skilledĀ inĀ theĀ artĀ afterĀ readingĀ thisĀ detailedĀ disclosureĀ thatĀ theĀ foregoingĀ detailedĀ disclosureĀ isĀ intendedĀ toĀ beĀ presentedĀ byĀ wayĀ ofĀ exampleĀ onlyĀ andĀ isĀ notĀ limiting.Ā VariousĀ alterations,Ā improvements,Ā andĀ modificationsĀ mayĀ occurĀ andĀ areĀ intendedĀ toĀ thoseĀ skilledĀ inĀ theĀ art,Ā thoughĀ notĀ expresslyĀ statedĀ herein.Ā TheseĀ alterations,Ā improvements,Ā andĀ modificationsĀ areĀ intendedĀ toĀ beĀ suggestedĀ byĀ thisĀ disclosure,Ā andĀ areĀ withinĀ theĀ spiritĀ andĀ scopeĀ ofĀ theĀ exemplaryĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ thisĀ disclosure.

Claims (31)

  1. AĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ,Ā comprisingĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā ,Ā aĀ transferĀ bedĀ (2200)Ā ,Ā andĀ aĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā ,Ā wherein:
    theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā includesĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā andĀ aĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā ;
    theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā isĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom;
    theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā isĀ detachablyĀ dockedĀ withĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ (2200)Ā ,Ā theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā beingĀ configuredĀ toĀ transferĀ aĀ subjectĀ betweenĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ (2200)Ā andĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā .
  2. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā isĀ capableĀ ofĀ drivingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā toĀ moveĀ alongĀ threeĀ orthogonalĀ directions.
  3. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1orĀ 2,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā isĀ capableĀ ofĀ drivingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
  4. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-3,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā .
  5. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 4,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā includesĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā ,Ā whereinĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā viaĀ aĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ (2112)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ aĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ (2113)Ā ;Ā aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā .
  6. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 5,Ā whereinĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ (2112)Ā areĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ firstĀ circumference,Ā andĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ (2113)Ā areĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ secondĀ circumference.
  7. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 5Ā orĀ 6,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā includesĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā ,Ā whereinĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā areĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā areĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā .
  8. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 7,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā includesĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā ,Ā andĀ wherein:
    twoĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā areĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ,Ā andĀ fourĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā areĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā .
  9. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 7,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā includesĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā ,Ā andĀ wherein:
    threeĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā areĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ,Ā andĀ threeĀ ofĀ theĀ sixĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā areĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā .
  10. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 7,Ā whereinĀ atĀ leastĀ twoĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā areĀ distributedĀ onĀ twoĀ sidesĀ ofĀ aĀ centralĀ axisĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā extendingĀ alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā .
  11. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 7,Ā whereinĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā isĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ drivingĀ componentĀ (2114)Ā forĀ drivingĀ theĀ telescopicĀ rodĀ (2111)Ā toĀ extendĀ and/orĀ retract.
  12. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā wherein:
    atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā isĀ locatedĀ withinĀ aĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ (1110)Ā ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ device;Ā and
    theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā isĀ configuredĀ toĀ transportĀ theĀ subjectĀ toĀ aĀ positionĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā locatedĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ (1110)Ā .
  13. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā wherein:
    theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā isĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā ;Ā and
    theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā isĀ detachablyĀ dockedĀ withĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ (2200)Ā viaĀ aĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ (2400)Ā .
  14. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-13,Ā whereinĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ (2200)Ā includesĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ (2210)Ā andĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā detachablyĀ mountedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ (2210)Ā .
  15. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 14,Ā whereinĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ (2200)Ā includesĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā .
  16. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 14Ā orĀ 15,Ā wherein:
    theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ (2400)Ā includesĀ aĀ firstĀ dockingĀ member,Ā aĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member,Ā andĀ aĀ lockingĀ mechanism;
    oneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ isĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā ;
    theĀ otherĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ isĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā ;Ā and
    theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ isĀ configuredĀ toĀ dockĀ withĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ member,Ā andĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ isĀ configuredĀ toĀ connectĀ andĀ lockĀ theĀ dockedĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ  member.
  17. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 14Ā orĀ 15,Ā wherein:
    theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ (2400)Ā includesĀ aĀ receivingĀ plateĀ (2480)Ā andĀ aĀ gapĀ (2490)Ā ,
    theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ (2480)Ā isĀ disposedĀ onĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā ,
    theĀ gapĀ (2490)Ā isĀ locatedĀ betweenĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ (2210)Ā andĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā ,Ā and
    theĀ receivingĀ plateĀ (2480)Ā isĀ capableĀ ofĀ beingĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ gapĀ (2490)Ā toĀ supportĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā .
  18. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 16,Ā wherein:
    theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ (2410)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ (2420)Ā ;
    oneĀ ofĀ anĀ outerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ (2410)Ā andĀ anĀ innerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ (2420)Ā isĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ helicalĀ groove,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ ofĀ theĀ outerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ (2410)Ā andĀ theĀ innerĀ wallĀ ofĀ theĀ dockingĀ grooveĀ (2420)Ā isĀ providedĀ withĀ aĀ protrusionĀ partĀ (2411)Ā capableĀ ofĀ beingĀ insertedĀ intoĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove;Ā and
    theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ includesĀ aĀ firstĀ drivingĀ memberĀ (2450)Ā ,Ā theĀ firstĀ drivingĀ memberĀ (2450)Ā beingĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ dockingĀ protrusionĀ (2410)Ā toĀ rotateĀ alongĀ anĀ axisĀ ofĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove,Ā soĀ thatĀ theĀ protrusionĀ partĀ (2411)Ā movesĀ alongĀ theĀ helicalĀ groove.
  19. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 16,Ā wherein:
    theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ boltĀ (2430)Ā ,Ā theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ slotĀ (2440)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ includesĀ aĀ secondĀ drivingĀ memberĀ (2460)Ā ,Ā theĀ secondĀ drivingĀ memberĀ (2460)Ā beingĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ boltĀ (2430)Ā toĀ insertĀ intoĀ theĀ slotĀ (2440)Ā ;Ā or
    theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ hookĀ (2491)Ā ,Ā theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ includesĀ aĀ hookĀ slotĀ (2492)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ lockingĀ mechanismĀ includesĀ aĀ thirdĀ drivingĀ member,Ā theĀ thirdĀ drivingĀ memberĀ beingĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ hookĀ (2491)Ā toĀ hookĀ intoĀ theĀ hookĀ slotĀ (2492)Ā .
  20. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 16-19,Ā whereinĀ theĀ dockingĀ assemblyĀ (2400)Ā includesĀ aĀ detectionĀ deviceĀ (2470)Ā ,Ā theĀ detectionĀ deviceĀ (2470)Ā beingĀ configuredĀ toĀ detectĀ whetherĀ theĀ firstĀ dockingĀ memberĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ dockingĀ memberĀ areĀ dockedĀ inĀ place.
  21. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 20,Ā whereinĀ theĀ detectionĀ deviceĀ (2470)Ā includesĀ aĀ switchĀ and/orĀ aĀ laserĀ sensor.
  22. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-21,Ā wherein:
    theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā includesĀ aĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ (2310)Ā andĀ aĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ (2320)Ā ,
    theĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ (2320)Ā isĀ configuredĀ toĀ driveĀ theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ (2310)Ā toĀ moveĀ alongĀ aĀ lengthĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ;Ā and
    theĀ conveyingĀ memberĀ (2310)Ā isĀ drivinglyĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ drivingĀ deviceĀ (2320)Ā .
  23. TheĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-22,Ā wherein:
    theĀ transferĀ bedĀ (2200)Ā includesĀ aĀ liftingĀ baseĀ (2211)Ā ,Ā and/orĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā isĀ detachablyĀ mountedĀ onĀ theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ (2211)Ā ;Ā and/or
    theĀ liftingĀ baseĀ (2211)Ā isĀ providedĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ universalĀ wheelsĀ (2212)Ā ,Ā and/orĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ (2210)Ā includesĀ anĀ automaticĀ navigationĀ device.
  24. AĀ medicalĀ system,Ā comprisingĀ aĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ (1100)Ā andĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-23,Ā wherein:
    aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā isĀ configuredĀ toĀ passĀ throughĀ aĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ (1110)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ (1100)Ā alongĀ anĀ axialĀ directionĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ (1110)Ā .
  25. TheĀ medicalĀ systemĀ ofĀ claimĀ 21,Ā whereinĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ (1110)Ā includesĀ aĀ radiationĀ therapyĀ device,Ā anĀ imagingĀ device,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof,Ā theĀ imagingĀ deviceĀ comprisingĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ aĀ magneticĀ resonanceĀ imagingĀ (MRI)Ā device,Ā aĀ positronĀ emissionĀ tomographyĀ (PET)Ā device,Ā aĀ positronĀ emissionĀ computedĀ tomographyĀ (PECT)Ā device,Ā aĀ computedĀ tomographyĀ (CT)Ā device,Ā anĀ X-rayĀ imagingĀ device,Ā aĀ single-photonĀ emissionĀ computedĀ tomographyĀ (SPECT)Ā device,Ā orĀ anĀ ultrasoundĀ device,Ā orĀ aĀ combinationĀ thereof.
  26. AĀ medicalĀ methodĀ usingĀ theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ ofĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 21-25Ā forĀ medicalĀ therapy,Ā theĀ methodĀ comprising:
    transportingĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā throughĀ aĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ,Ā andĀ placingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā ontoĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā atĀ aĀ positionĀ withinĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ (1110)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ (1100)Ā ;
    adjustingĀ aĀ positionĀ ofĀ aĀ subjectĀ byĀ driving,Ā usingĀ aĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā ,Ā theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ multipleĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom;Ā and
    performingĀ aĀ correspondingĀ medicalĀ operationĀ onĀ theĀ subjectĀ usingĀ theĀ medicalĀ deviceĀ (1100)Ā .
  27. TheĀ medicalĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 25,Ā furtherĀ comprising:
    transferringĀ theĀ subjectĀ toĀ aĀ presetĀ positionĀ usingĀ aĀ transferĀ bedĀ (2200)Ā ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ apparatusĀ (2000)Ā ;Ā and
    detachingĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā fromĀ aĀ movableĀ bedĀ bodyĀ (2210)Ā ofĀ theĀ transferĀ bedĀ (2200)Ā .
  28. TheĀ medicalĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 25,Ā furtherĀ comprising:
    adjustingĀ aĀ relativeĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ subjectĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ modalitiesĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ systemĀ byĀ adjustingĀ aĀ positionĀ ofĀ theĀ movableĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2220)Ā inĀ theĀ medicalĀ spaceĀ (1110)Ā throughĀ theĀ conveyingĀ deviceĀ (2300)Ā .
  29. AĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā comprisingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā coupledĀ toĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ  boardĀ (2120)Ā ofĀ aĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā ,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ (2100)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā isĀ capableĀ ofĀ drivingĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā toĀ moveĀ inĀ sixĀ degreesĀ ofĀ freedom.
  30. TheĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 29,Ā whereinĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā viaĀ aĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatĀ (2112)Ā ,Ā andĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ aĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatĀ (2113)Ā ;Ā aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā isĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ;Ā aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ firstĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ (2112)Ā areĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ firstĀ circumference,Ā andĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ secondĀ hingeĀ seatsĀ (2113)Ā areĀ spacedĀ apartĀ alongĀ aĀ secondĀ circumference.
  31. TheĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā ofĀ claimĀ 29,Ā whereinĀ theĀ supportĀ deviceĀ (2110)Ā includesĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā ,Ā whereinĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā areĀ connectedĀ toĀ oneĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā ,Ā andĀ anotherĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ threeĀ telescopicĀ rodsĀ (2111)Ā areĀ connectedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ medicalĀ bedĀ boardĀ (2120)Ā .
PCT/CN2024/098288 2023-06-09 2024-06-08 Medical bed apparatuses, medical systems and medical methods Ceased WO2024251288A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP24818814.6A EP4709276A1 (en) 2023-06-09 2024-06-08 Medical bed apparatuses, medical systems and medical methods
US19/413,041 US20260090937A1 (en) 2023-06-09 2025-12-09 Medical bed apparatuses, medical systems and medical methods

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202321475969.5U CN220546282U (en) 2023-06-09 2023-06-09 Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
CN202321475969.5 2023-06-09
CN202321472852.1 2023-06-09
CN202321472852.1U CN220512857U (en) 2023-06-09 2023-06-09 Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
CN202310686216.7 2023-06-09
CN202321475921.4 2023-06-09
CN202321475921.4U CN220512858U (en) 2023-06-09 2023-06-09 Diagnosis and treatment bed and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
CN202310686216.7A CN119097330A (en) 2023-06-09 2023-06-09 Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system and method

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US19/413,041 Continuation-In-Part US20260090937A1 (en) 2023-06-09 2025-12-09 Medical bed apparatuses, medical systems and medical methods

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024251288A1 true WO2024251288A1 (en) 2024-12-12

Family

ID=93795075

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/098288 Ceased WO2024251288A1 (en) 2023-06-09 2024-06-08 Medical bed apparatuses, medical systems and medical methods

Country Status (2)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4709276A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2024251288A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN121550604A (en) * 2026-01-20 2026-02-24 ē¦å»ŗēæę–Æē§‘åŒ»ē–—ęŠ€ęœÆęœ‰é™å…¬åø A six-axis treatment bed

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011160833A (en) * 2010-02-04 2011-08-25 Toshiba Corp Ct scanning tabletop and x-ray ct apparatus
WO2017092105A1 (en) * 2015-12-04 2017-06-08 äø­å›½ē§‘å­¦é™¢ę·±åœ³å…ˆčæ›ęŠ€ęœÆē ”ē©¶é™¢ Radiation therapy bed with multiple degrees of freedom
CN108618926A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 曾凔宇 A kind of inspection medical bed
CN208990083U (en) * 2017-12-22 2019-06-18 å¹æå·žē§‘čŽ±ē‘žčæŖåŒ»ē–—å™Øęč‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø A kind of radiation therapeutical bed
CN110559145A (en) * 2019-09-27 2019-12-13 åŒ—äŗ¬é”č§†åŗ·ē§‘ęŠ€å‘å±•ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Medical imaging transfer car system and control method thereof
CN112618175A (en) * 2020-11-25 2021-04-09 ę˜Žå³°åŒ»ē–—ē³»ē»Ÿč‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Transfer trolley and shelter CT (computed tomography) butt joint transfer system and method thereof
CN114767437A (en) * 2022-06-22 2022-07-22 ę±Ÿč‹ēŽÆäŗšåŒ»ē”Øē§‘ęŠ€é›†å›¢č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø A disconnect-type transfer device for medical treatment operation is carried
CN115998532A (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-25 äøŠęµ·č”å½±åŒ»ē–—ē§‘ęŠ€č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Medical system and method for transferring medical system
CN220512857U (en) * 2023-06-09 2024-02-23 äøŠęµ·č”å½±åŒ»ē–—ē§‘ęŠ€č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
CN220512858U (en) * 2023-06-09 2024-02-23 äøŠęµ·č”å½±åŒ»ē–—ē§‘ęŠ€č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Diagnosis and treatment bed and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
CN220546282U (en) * 2023-06-09 2024-03-01 äøŠęµ·č”å½±åŒ»ē–—ē§‘ęŠ€č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011160833A (en) * 2010-02-04 2011-08-25 Toshiba Corp Ct scanning tabletop and x-ray ct apparatus
WO2017092105A1 (en) * 2015-12-04 2017-06-08 äø­å›½ē§‘å­¦é™¢ę·±åœ³å…ˆčæ›ęŠ€ęœÆē ”ē©¶é™¢ Radiation therapy bed with multiple degrees of freedom
CN108618926A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 曾凔宇 A kind of inspection medical bed
CN208990083U (en) * 2017-12-22 2019-06-18 å¹æå·žē§‘čŽ±ē‘žčæŖåŒ»ē–—å™Øęč‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø A kind of radiation therapeutical bed
CN110559145A (en) * 2019-09-27 2019-12-13 åŒ—äŗ¬é”č§†åŗ·ē§‘ęŠ€å‘å±•ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Medical imaging transfer car system and control method thereof
CN112618175A (en) * 2020-11-25 2021-04-09 ę˜Žå³°åŒ»ē–—ē³»ē»Ÿč‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Transfer trolley and shelter CT (computed tomography) butt joint transfer system and method thereof
CN115998532A (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-25 äøŠęµ·č”å½±åŒ»ē–—ē§‘ęŠ€č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Medical system and method for transferring medical system
CN114767437A (en) * 2022-06-22 2022-07-22 ę±Ÿč‹ēŽÆäŗšåŒ»ē”Øē§‘ęŠ€é›†å›¢č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø A disconnect-type transfer device for medical treatment operation is carried
CN220512857U (en) * 2023-06-09 2024-02-23 äøŠęµ·č”å½±åŒ»ē–—ē§‘ęŠ€č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
CN220512858U (en) * 2023-06-09 2024-02-23 äøŠęµ·č”å½±åŒ»ē–—ē§‘ęŠ€č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Diagnosis and treatment bed and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
CN220546282U (en) * 2023-06-09 2024-03-01 äøŠęµ·č”å½±åŒ»ē–—ē§‘ęŠ€č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN121550604A (en) * 2026-01-20 2026-02-24 ē¦å»ŗēæę–Æē§‘åŒ»ē–—ęŠ€ęœÆęœ‰é™å…¬åø A six-axis treatment bed
CN121550604B (en) * 2026-01-20 2026-03-24 ē¦å»ŗēæę–Æē§‘åŒ»ē–—ęŠ€ęœÆęœ‰é™å…¬åø Six-axis treatment bed

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4709276A1 (en) 2026-03-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12245880B2 (en) Medical imaging system and methods
US9326907B2 (en) Patient positioning and support systems
US9662256B2 (en) Patient positioning and support systems
CN102232836B (en) Automatically the system and method for the location of person under inspection is assisted in mobile image acquisition
EP3342348B1 (en) Medical device
JP2014111124A (en) Gantry for mobilizing mri device towards static patients
CN111317550B (en) Detection intervention system, medical equipment and detection intervention method
KR101812482B1 (en) Anatomical imaging system with scanning table movable along the x-axis and/or scanning table movable along the y-axis and the z-axis
EP3851050A1 (en) Mobile platform
WO2024251288A1 (en) Medical bed apparatuses, medical systems and medical methods
JP2002513942A (en) Gantry for medical imaging systems
CN110522491B (en) Medical device
CN220512858U (en) Diagnosis and treatment bed and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
CN220546282U (en) Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
US20240252274A1 (en) In-bore positioning system
CN220512857U (en) Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system
CN107205711A (en) Stationary/Mobile Patient Processing Systems
US20260090937A1 (en) Medical bed apparatuses, medical systems and medical methods
CN119097330A (en) Medical bed equipment and radiation diagnosis and treatment system and method
CN211534705U (en) Interventional puncture system and diagnosis and treatment equipment having the same
CN212546971U (en) Radiation detection system and medical equipment with same
CN211534704U (en) Interventional puncture system and diagnosis and treatment equipment having the same
CN120835771A (en) X-ray imaging device for animals
HK1168521A (en) Mobile medical imaging system and methods
HK1168521B (en) Mobile medical imaging system and methods

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24818814

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20251209

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20251209

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20251209

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20251209

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20251209

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20251209

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20251209

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20251209

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20251209

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2024818814

Country of ref document: EP